Current GTC:
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN CZ s.r.o. in Czech Republic VALID FROM 1.2.2025
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN CZ s. r. o., in the Czech Republic
effective from February 1, 2025
Article 1
Introductory Provisions
1. These General Terms and Conditions (hereinafter referred to as “GTC”) govern the relationship between the contractor – HOLLEN CZ s.r.o., with its registered office at: Jiráskova 528/51, Mladá Boleslav II, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Company ID: 28978013, VAT ID: CZ 28978013, the company is registered in the Commercial Register maintained by the Municipal Court in Prague, Section C, Insert 157357, and the client – the entity that orders services defined in Article 3 of these GTC from the contractor, except in cases where the contractor and the client enter into a special service provision agreement that fully or partially excludes the application of these GTC.
Article 2
Definitions of Certain Terms
2.1 Contractor – the legal entity specified in point 1.1 of these GTC, which provides services according to them (i.e., HOLLEN CZ s.r.o.).
2.2 Client – the legal entity that orders services from the contractor according to these GTC.
2.3 Recipient – the legal entity for whom the components related to the services provided according to these GTC are intended; the recipient and the client may or may not be the same entity.
2.4 Component – a part, piece, goods, semi-finished product, material, or any combination thereof, related to the service provided according to these GTC.
2.5 Order – a document by which the client orders a specific job and which is prepared, delivered, and signed in accordance with Article 4 of these GTC. By accepting the order by the contractor in accordance with Article 4 of these GTC, a contractual relationship between the contractor and the client is established.
2.6 Job – a service or set of services according to these GTC, related to components and provided based on a single specific order.
2.7 Person Responsible for the Work Process – the responsible person on the client’s side (usually a person responsible for quality, purchasing, logistics, or production, etc.) designated for the relevant job in the order, or a person whose such position is recognized by point 10.4 of these GTC and its subpoints; this person may, based on the client’s decision, also be a person on the recipient’s side (or other third parties), whose actions in such a case directly bind the client in the sense of these GTC.
2.8 Person Authorized to Sign the Work Report – any person designated by the client in the order for this position, or a person whose such position is recognized by point 10.5 of these GTC; this person may, based on the client’s decision, also be a person on the recipient’s side (or other third parties), whose actions in such a case directly bind the client in the sense of these GTC.
2.9 Contractor’s Workers – employees or other cooperating persons of the contractor (natural persons – entrepreneurs, legal entities), or its subcontractors, who ensure the provision of services according to these GTC on behalf of the contractor for the client; these include operators, technicians, residents, coordinators
2.9.1 Technician – the responsible person of the contractor, designated for the relevant job in the order; the technician is automatically considered to be his direct superior, or another person who has demonstrably replaced him in this position or represents him in his absence.
2.10 Work Process – a key operational written document containing, in particular, a detailed description of the individual steps – actions performed on the components, which are the subject of the job.
2.11 Report – a data output related to a specific job for a certain period prepared by the contractor for the client or recipient. The report contains, in particular, data on the time consumed (time required to complete the job in a certain period) and selected information about the components related to the job. Reports are used to continuously monitor the progress of the job, or specific indicators directly related to the job (e.g., administration, downtime, logistics – including the number of pallets, transport, number of trips, time spent on logistics operations).
2.12 Work Report – a document confirming the type and scope of services provided, which serves as the basis for invoicing.
2.13 8D Report – a common method used in the automotive industry to improve process quality and solve various problems with the aim of identifying, correcting, and eliminating the recurrence of the problem, and is useful in improving the quality of products, production, and services; it introduces temporary or permanent corrective actions based on statistical analysis of the problem and focuses on the root cause of the problem.
2.14 MetriQ – the contractor’s electronic application used for workplace digitization, focusing mainly on the digital collection, distribution, and presentation of data on individual jobs and the electronic sharing of documents significant for the job. MetriQ is a cloud-based solution, a computer program, and is protected by copyright, with the client having the right to use it after concluding the relevant license agreement. The client may use MetriQ to the extent and in the manner specified in Article 16 of these GTC.
2.14.1 Separate License Agreement is a special agreement, independent of a specific job, which is also designated as a “license agreement” and is concluded between the contractor and the client in the form of a separate document.
2.14.2 Order License Agreement is a license agreement different from the separate license agreement, and its conclusion is based on an order (which expresses the client’s interest in using MetriQ for a specific job) and granting access to MetriQ by the contractor.
2.15 ECA – an electronic communication agreement concluded between the client and the contractor, based on which they mutually exchange and approve documents in electronic form. The conclusion of the ECA is not a condition for the provision of services by the contractor for the client or recipient.
2.16 A regular working day for the purposes of these GTC is the time period on working days (considered according to the place of job execution) from 8:00 to 16:00. If a deadline or time period is set within a regular working day in these GTC, it is understood that if the deadline/time period should end after the final time specified in the previous sentence, its course is suspended at the end of the regular working day and resumes at the beginning of the next working day.
Article 3
Services
3.1 The services provided in accordance with these GTC include, in particular: a) services in the field of production and/or process quality assurance, which include, in particular, the inspection of components associated with sorting activities and possible corrective work, additional modifications, finishing, and assembly services, b) any other services related to the quality assurance of components, production support services, workshop work, logistics, and assistance services (hereinafter referred to as “services”).
3.2 The specific type and scope of services provided are determined in the contract/order.
Article 4
Ordering Services
4.1 Services under these GTC are provided based on a separate contract or special mutually agreed orders, whereby in the case of an order, the contractual relationship between the contractor and the client arises from the contractor’s acceptance of the client’s order issued according to these GTC. These GTC are also part of the contractual relationship that arises based on the previous sentence.
4.2 The order must be recorded in writing, either in paper or electronic form, and must be delivered:
a) electronically, especially: to the data box or by email, with an attachment of a scanned paper version of the order or an electronic file signed with an electronic signature allowing unambiguous and unmistakable identification of the person acting on behalf of the client, ii/ through MetriQ, if the client and contractor have signed an ECA,
b) personally.
4.2.1 The order must contain:
a) identification of the part or parts that will be the subject of the services within the job, b) definition, scope, and description of the ordered services, including defining the relevant measurable units related to the ordered services (e.g., quantity, time), if possible for the given service,
c) determination of the place of job execution (point 6.1 of these GTC),
d) determination of the start date of the job execution,
e) determination of the specific technician for the given job,
f) determination of the remuneration for the ordered services,
g) name, surname, email address (and possibly the position) of the person signing the order on behalf of the client, whereby if the email address is not specifically stated in the order, the email address from which the order was delivered to the contractor is considered the email address according to this point, h) a statement by the contracting parties that these GTC are part of the contractual relationship that will arise based on the accepted order.
4.2.2 The order may also contain:
a) determination of the expected completion date of the services,
b) determination of the person authorized to sign the work report,
c) determination of the person responsible for the work process,
d) determination of the person from the client’s finance department who is the contact person for financial matters (including invoice payment),
e) requirement for the contractor to provide specified tools (point 5.7 of these GTC),
f) requirement for the form and interval of report provision (point 9.1.1 of these GTC),
g) work process (point 5.1 of these GTC),
h) determination of the flat-rate remuneration and the scope of services it covers,
i) determination of the specific type of costs that the client will reimburse the contractor (point 11.4 of these GTC),
j) order number,
k) requirement for sending a paper invoice,
l) person/email to which the electronic invoice should be sent, or the address to which the paper invoice should be sent (point 12.3.1 of these GTC),
m) address of the plant, which for the purposes of the job means the client’s operation to which the job relates,
n) any other agreements.
4.2.3 The order (or its attachment) may also specify multiple persons responsible for the work process, and their individual competencies arising from these GTC may be mutually divided (e.g., the right to sign the work process and its amendments, the right to act within the complaint process, etc.).
4.3 The contractor’s order forms are preferentially used for orders. The contractor pre-fills the order form based on the information and documents provided by the client, which it then sends to the client. The client, after supplementing/correcting any missing/incorrect data, sends the signed binding order to the contractor. For the contractual relationship to arise, the order must subsequently be accepted by the contractor by signing it by an authorized person of the contractor (point 10.1 of these GTC). The accepted order (as a contract) becomes binding for both contracting parties only upon proper delivery of the accepted (i.e., signed by both contracting parties) order by the contractor to the client according to point 4.5 of this article.
4.3.1 If an ECA is concluded, orders can also be concluded in accordance with its provisions, especially through MetriQ.
4.4 The client’s order is considered properly delivered to the contractor if delivered:
a) in paper form to the hands of an authorized person of the contractor (point 10.1 of these GTC),
b) to the data box or by email sent and delivered i/ to the email address of the technician specified in the pre-filled order form (point 4.3 of this article) or ii/ to the same address of the contractor from which the pre-filled order form (point 4.3 of this article) was sent,
c) if an ECA is concluded, also in the manner specified therein.
4.5 The contractor’s accepted order is considered properly delivered if delivered:
a) in paper form to the hands of any contact person on the client’s side,
b) to the data box or by email sent to the email address of the client specified in the order, who signed the order on behalf of the client,
c) if an ECA is concluded, also in the manner specified therein.
4.6 The contractor is not obliged to accept the client’s binding order. If the binding order is not accepted and delivered to the client within 48 hours of its delivery to the contractor, the binding order loses its validity.
4.7 If, after the conclusion of the contractual relationship according to the provisions of this article, the client issues another order for the same service, this is considered only a legally non-binding internal order issued solely for the client’s internal needs (e.g., SAP ERP), even if the contractor confirms such an order, i.e., such a later order does not change or replace the original contractual relationship and is considered solely an internal document of the client (intended, for example, for invoicing purposes); this does not apply in the case of explicit cancellation or explicit change of the original order, whereby such cancellation or change of the order must be clearly and unequivocally stated directly in the later order by referring to the original provisions that are canceled/changed, or the entire original order identified by a specific date (the cancellation of the previous order is therefore not sufficient only by a general provision that the new order replaces all previous agreements, nor any similar provision).
4.8 The order can be changed mainly by email agreement of the contracting parties on the content of the change (including mutual approval of the new work process) or by issuing a new order (the provisions of this article apply similarly), through persons authorized to change the order according to point 10.2 of these GTC, in accordance with the provisions of point 4.9 of this article. If an ECA is concluded, the order can always be changed in the manner resulting from it (especially through MetriQ).
4.9 The following conditions of the job execution can be changed by mutual email agreement without the need for approval of a new order, or if an ECA is concluded, also through MetriQ, or another manner provided for therein:
a) duration of the job,
b) definition, scope, and description of the ordered services (point 4.2.1 letter b) of this article), including changes to the work process (point 4.2.2 letter g) of this article),
c) limitation of the total volume/value of the job, including upward (i.e., increase),
d) change/expansion of the place of job execution (point 4.2.1 letter c) of this article),
e) change/introduction of surcharges according to these GTC, which were originally excluded.
4.9.1 The change of the order must in any case be recorded in writing, in a provable manner, and the persons authorized to agree on the content of the change are according to points 10.1 and 10.2 of these GTC.
4.9.2 The newly agreed conditions apply from the moment specified in the order; if such a moment is not specified in the order, then from its acceptance by the contractor. The previous order provisions apply to the services provided so far within the job, unless otherwise stated in the new order.
4.10 When the following articles refer to an order, it means an accepted order in the sense of the provisions of this article, which establishes a contractual relationship between the contractor and the client, or a separate contract that was not concluded in the form of a mutually agreed order, but as a separate document, and which agreed to the application of these GTC.
Article 5
Execution of the Job
5.1 A detailed description of the method of execution of each job must be specified in the work process, signed by the technician and also by the person responsible for the work process, unless the work process is already attached to the order.
5.2 Based on the work process, the responsible worker of the contractor (especially the technician) coordinates the execution of the job.
5.3 Any changes to the work process must be made in writing, in a provable manner, either i/ by an addendum to the work process or ii/ by preparing an updated full version of the work process. The change according to the previous sentence must be approved by the technician on behalf of the contractor and by the person responsible for the work process on the client’s side, or by the person who signed the order. The addendum or updated version according to the first sentence must include a description of the change and the exact time or similar data (e.g., component number) indicating when the change was accepted or from when it is to be effective.
5.4 For the proper execution of the job, the contractor undertakes to ensure a sufficient number of contractor’s workers (with the necessary skills, knowledge, performance, and abilities for the given job) who will ensure the execution of the job.
5.5 The technician is the responsible person of the contractor in matters related to the job, and in particular:
a) is responsible for the fulfillment and execution of the job,
b) participates in the preparation of the work process and signs it on behalf of the contractor (including addenda to it), unless these GTC specify otherwise,
c) prepares work reports and partial reports,
d) performs activities within the quality assurance of the provided services and the complaint process in the sense of Article 13 of these GTC,
e) is the contact person of the contractor, receiving any proposals, comments, or requests related to the job; must be promptly informed of any organizational changes related to the execution of the job or obstacles preventing its proper and timely execution,
f) contacts the person responsible for the work process whenever necessary, especially to request the necessary cooperation.
5.6 Unless otherwise agreed between the client and the contractor, the contractor shall provide basic tools and equipment, tools, and work materials (e.g., markers, stickers, identification tags, pens, paper, forms, tapes, and other consumables), as well as means for ensuring safety and health protection at work in the usual scope and consumption (hereinafter collectively referred to as “basic work tools”) for the execution of the job.
5.7 The contractor and the client may agree that the contractor will also provide (usually for an additional fee) other work tools or equipment, such as work tables, lighting, binding tools, etc. (hereinafter referred to as “non-standard tools”); these are provided by the client. If provided by the contractor, it must be stated in the order or later recorded in writing, in a provable manner.
5.8 If the client insists on the use of specific non-standard tools (especially equipment, materials, special chemicals) provided by the client or through a third party (but at the client’s instruction) for the provision of the service, the client is obliged to properly instruct the contractor on their use, including providing the relevant instructions for use in the Czech language, and to make a written record of this instruction and the provision of the relevant instructions, signed by the person on the contractor’s side specified in point 10.1 of these GTC, otherwise it is assumed that the instruction did not take place. Incorrect handling of chemicals.
Article 6
Place of Job Execution
6.1 Services under these GTC are provided primarily at the client’s premises, or at the recipient’s premises, or at the contractor’s premises. The exact place of job execution must be specified in the order.
6.2 The client is obliged to ensure suitable premises for the provision of services (especially the place of job execution), as well as for activities related to the provision of services (e.g., delivery and removal of materials) and adequate equipment of these premises enabling efficient provision of services. The premises must meet all requirements set by applicable legal regulations, especially those governing safety and health protection at work and fire protection. This also applies to the plant (point 4.2.2 letter m) of these GTC).
6.3 The client is obliged to ensure that the contractor’s workers who execute the relevant job have access to the place of job execution if it is located at the client’s, recipient’s, or a third party’s premises, and to provide them (or otherwise ensure) all necessary means for this purpose (identification cards, chips, badges, etc.). 6.4 The provisions of points 6.2 and 6.3 of this article do not apply if the contractor provides services at its own premises.
Article 7
Time of Job Execution
7.1 The contractor undertakes to ensure the start of the job execution at the time agreed in the order, otherwise at the usual time considering the distance and availability of the place of job execution.
7.1.1 The prerequisite for the contractor to meet the start of the job execution is the provision of all necessary cooperation by the client according to Article 8 of these GTC.
7.2 The number of hours of service provision will be continuously recorded in one or more reports and will also be included in the work report. Instead of hours, the number of pieces or other measurable units will be stated in the reports/work report.
7.3 The time of service provision, which will be recorded in the report (point 9.1 of these GTC), also includes the time needed for:
a) management and logistical transfer of materials,
b) packing work and related organizational tasks (e.g., ensuring compliance with the correct packing procedure required by, for example, the packing regulation),
c) familiarizing the technician and other contractor’s workers with the internal regulations of the place of job execution and their possible changes,
d) downtime not caused by the contractor or its workers,
e) periods corresponding to the length of breaks in work prescribed by law (e.g., lunch break),
f) organizational security of the job (including meetings with relevant persons on the client’s side, recipient’s side, or third parties – e.g., logistics companies, for the purpose of job execution, time on the contractor’s side needed for commenting or preparing the work process, or its change or replacement with a new work process),
g) ensuring the preparation of reports (including informative ones), notifications, and final documentation of the job,
h) ensuring the necessary photo documentation (e.g., to capture the quality of inspected components).
7.3.1 If only a work report is prepared for a specific job (point 9.2 of these GTC), without preparing a report (point 9.1 of these GTC), the provisions of point 7.3 of these GTC apply accordingly to the work report.
Article 8
Client’s Cooperation
8.1 The client is obliged to provide the contractor with all necessary cooperation in connection with the execution of the job, including:
a) providing all technical information necessary for the proper provision of services,
b) providing the components that are to be the subject of the services, or allowing access to them,
c) providing necessary additional instructions and clarifications of requirements related to the specific job,
d) securing work tools, equipment, and other supplies not provided by the contractor,
e) continuously monitoring reports and notifying any discrepancies in them (in the manner specified in point 9.1 of these GTC and its subpoints),
f) providing other cooperation arising from the provisions of these GTC (e.g., points 5.1, 6.2, 7.2, 13.5),
g) providing all other necessary, especially additionally requested, cooperation.
8.2 If the client does not provide the necessary cooperation according to the previous point, the contractor is entitled to suspend the provision of services.
8.3 If the provision of services is suspended due to the client’s failure to provide the necessary cooperation, during the period of delay in providing cooperation according to point 8.2 of this article, the contractor is not in delay with fulfilling its obligations and is not liable for any damage that arises in causal connection with such suspension; the period of suspension of service provision is considered downtime not caused by the contractor’s workers according to point 7.3 letter d) of these GTC.
8.4 The provisions of this article apply accordingly to the recipient (or another third party) if the job is executed at their premises or with components that are in the recipient’s (or another third party’s) possession; in such cases, the client is obliged to ensure the provision of cooperation by the recipient (or another third party) to the same extent as provided in this article, and is liable for any failure to provide cooperation by the recipient as if the client had failed to provide it themselves.
8.5 If the job involves components that are considered safety parts or parts with specific characteristics (e.g., safety features) within the automotive industry, they must be marked as such a/ in the order, b/ in the work process, or c/ in another written document, for example, marked as D/TLD or ESD (hereinafter referred to as “safety part”); the contractor must be demonstrably informed that they are handling a safety part. If the client does not properly inform the contractor of this fact in the manner specified in this point, the components are not considered safety parts for the purposes of the job (regardless of their actual nature) and the contractor is not liable for any consequences that may arise from this (e.g., incorrect handling or storage and resulting damage) and the client does not have any claims against the contractor originating from or related to the fact that it was actually a safety part. The client is solely responsible for any deficiencies in the work process related to handling the safety part.
Article 9
Reports, Work Report
9.1 Reports The contractor (usually through the technician, coordinator, or administrative worker) prepares one or more reports during the execution of the job. Reports do not disclose data about specific individuals involved in the job on the contractor’s side or the specific times these individuals worked on the job, unless otherwise agreed. The contractor may partially anonymize the report to prevent potential misuse of data.
9.1.1 Reports are created for a specific period (usually a day or a week), unless otherwise stated.
9.1.2 The contractor and the client can agree at any time on the intervals for preparing and providing reports, according to point 9.1.3 of this article.
9.1.3 If the order does not contain provisions on providing reports and the client requests their provision (i.e., after the contractor’s acceptance of the order), the contractor may request an increase in the price for the services provided; until an agreement on the price change is reached, the contractor is not obliged to provide reports to the client. Similarly, this applies to a request to increase the agreed interval in the order, which may result in an increase in the price for the services provided. A request to decrease the interval does not affect the price.
9.1.4 If the order or a later agreement between the client and the contractor does not contain provisions on the intervals for preparing and providing reports, the contractor is not obliged to prepare reports at all.
9.1.5 The contractor may always provide reports more frequently than agreed.
9.1.6 The contractor provides reports to the persons designated by the client in the order or in another written document prepared by the client and demonstrably delivered to the contractor. Reports are always provided to the person authorized to sign the work report. Reports are also provided to the relevant persons on their side. Reports are provided through MetriQ if a license agreement has been concluded (Article 16 of these GTC), otherwise by email; after a demonstrable written agreement between the client and the contractor, reports can also be provided in other ways (e.g., in the client’s/recipient’s internal system).
9.1.7 The client is obliged to ensure that all persons according to point 9.1.6 of this article, who are under the direct management of the client (point 10.6 of these GTC) or whom the client has involved in connection with the job: a) monitor the relevant communication channel through which reports are provided (especially MetriQ, if a license agreement has been concluded according to Article 16 of these GTC, otherwise email) every working day, b) object to the non-receipt of the report no later than the next working day after the day the report was supposed to be delivered according to the agreement (points 9.1.1 and 9.1.2 of this article) or determination (point 9.1.4 of this article).
9.1.8 If a person according to point 9.1.6 of this article does not check the relevant communication channel on a given day, this fact burdens the client exclusively, who cannot claim that they did not familiarize themselves with the relevant report in time or at all, and this fact has no effect on the running of the deadline according to point 9.1.10 of this article.
9.1.9 Reports are provided by email or through MetriQ if a license agreement has been concluded (Article 16 of these GTC). A report is considered provided: a) in the case of sending by email, on the day of sending, if sent on a regular working day, otherwise on the next working day, b) in the case of providing through MetriQ, on the day of uploading to the system, if uploaded on a regular working day, otherwise on the next working day. 9.1.10 If the report contains defects according to the client’s opinion, the client is obliged to object to these with the contractor (preferably with the technician) no later than within 3 working days from the day of their provision (point 9.1.8 of this article). The following are authorized to object to errors in the report: a) the person authorized to sign the work report (point 10.5 of these GTC); another person has this right only if the person authorized to sign the work report is unable or incapable of objecting (e.g., illness, injury, vacation). b) regardless of letter a), always the person authorized to change the order (point 10.2 of these GTC). The report is objected to in the form of an electronic message (email), personally in paper form, or through MetriQ if the client has concluded a license agreement (Article 16 of these GTC).
9.1.11 For a report that has not been objected to within the period according to point 9.1.10 of this article, there is an irrefutable legal presumption that the data on the scope of services provided stated in it (e.g., service provision time, number of components, number of pallets, etc.) are correct, and the report is considered approved (fiction of approval). Later objections are therefore not taken into account. This principle applies mainly due to the factual impossibility or extraordinary difficulty of tracing back the scope of services provided for a more distant period, as follows from point 9.1.10 of this article.
9.1.12 If the report has been objected to in accordance with point 9.1.10 of this article, the contractor and the client must resolve the client’s objection no later than within 24 hours from the day of confirming the receipt of the objection by the contractor (point 9.1.13 of this article), otherwise, the contractor has the right to suspend the provision of all services (i.e., even those not related to the given job) performed for the client until the discrepancy is resolved, as the correctness of the service provision by the contractor is questioned. If no agreement is reached within 7 calendar days, each party has the right to terminate the order; this also applies to other jobs.
9.1.13 In the case of an objected report, the technician is obliged to confirm the receipt of the objection to the addressee no later than within 2 hours (within the segments of regular working days), otherwise, the person who sent the objection is obliged to contact the relevant branch responsible for the job, at its hotline phone number or through its general email address, with branch contacts available at https://www.hollen.cz/kontakty/. The branch will confirm the receipt of the objection or ensure its confirmation by the technician or their direct superior.
9.1.14 If the contractor fully and properly incorporates all the client’s comments into the report, by re-preparing and providing (point 9.1.9 of this article) such a corrected report to the client, the report is also considered approved; for this reason, the client is obliged to object according to point 9.1.10 of this article to all errors simultaneously.
9.1.15 The contractor may also prepare informative reports. If the reports are explicitly marked as “informative,” they have only an informational function, and therefore the provisions of point 9.1 of this article and its subpoints do not apply to them. The designation “informative” is sufficient as a designation, for example, in the body or subject of the email by which the report is sent or in the case of MetriQ as a special note on the specific document published in MetriQ.
9.2 Work Report The technician prepares a work report on the services provided.
9.2.1 The work report must contain the number of hours of service provision by all contractor’s workers or the number of other measurable units of service provision if defined in the order (point 4.2.1 letter b) of these GTC) and must correspond to the approved reports. The provisions of the previous sentence do not apply if a flat-rate remuneration has been agreed (point 4.2.2 letter h) of these GTC).
9.2.2 The work report may contain: a) a list and quantity of elements that were the subject of the services and/or the type of services provided, b) data on the quantity of detected defective components and the quantity of repaired components, c) the number of contractor’s workers who provided the services, d) remuneration for the services provided, e) other facts agreed upon by the contractor and the client (especially through the technician or their direct superior on one side and the person responsible for the work process, or the person authorized to sign the work report or the person who signed the order on behalf of the client on the other side).
9.2.3 The work report will be prepared after the job is completed or after the end of a specific period (e.g., week, 2-week period, or month, especially if the job lasts longer than 14 days). The interval for preparing work reports is determined by the contractor unless the interval is defined in the order or agreed otherwise in writing, in a provable manner. After a written, provable agreement between the client and the contractor, the work report may also be issued at other mutually agreed times.
9.2.4 The provisions of points 9.1.6 – 9.1.9 of this article apply accordingly to the provision of the work report.
9.2.5 The work report confirmed by the person authorized to sign the work report (point 4.2.2 letter b) and point 10.5 and its subpoints of these GTC) is the basis for invoicing. The person on the client’s side who confirms the work report is obliged to state their name and surname when signing, and the signature may also be electronic; if this person confirms the work report through MetriQ based on a concluded ECA, the provisions of the ECA apply to their confirmation.
9.2.6 The data stated in the work report (e.g., duration of service provision, number of components, number of performances, number of pallets) can only be objected to if these data are inconsistent with the approved reports (point 9.1.11 of this article) or the order itself; other objections regarding the data in the work report are not considered. 9.2.7 The data on hourly rates stated in the work report can only be objected to if these are inconsistent with the order and these GTC; other objections regarding hourly rates are not considered; this similarly applies to other financial data (e.g., specially agreed reimbursement of certain costs).
9.2.8 The data in the work report cannot be objected to solely due to their possible inconsistency with the informative reports (point 9.1.15 of this article).
9.2.9 The provisions of points 9.1.9 – 9.1.14 of this article apply accordingly to the provision of the work report, the approval of the work report by the person authorized to sign the work report, and objections to the work report and their handling and consequences (including the fiction of approval).
Article 10
Authorized Persons
10.1 The persons authorized by the contractor to sign the order and handle complaints are: a) the statutory representative of the contractor, b) the contractor’s procurator, if appointed, c) the branch manager of the contractor, d) technicians, each individually.
10.2 The person signing the order on behalf of the client confirms by signing that they have the authority to conclude the contract based on the order, usually being persons responsible for quality, purchasing, production, logistics, etc., at the client. In addition to the person mentioned in the first sentence, the following are always authorized to change the order:
a) the statutory representative of the client,
b) the client’s procurator, if appointed,
c) any person representing the person mentioned in the first sentence during their absence (e.g., illness, vacation) or who has permanently replaced them,
d) the person directly superior to the person mentioned in the first sentence, or the person mentioned in letter c) (e.g., superior manager),
e) the person whose such authorization arises from the ECA, whereby if any mentioned person contacts the contractor to agree on a change to the order, it is assumed that they meet some of the criteria mentioned in this point, and the contractor is not particularly obliged to examine whether the person is possibly exceeding their authority. 10.3
10.3 The provisions of point 10.2 of this article apply accordingly to the person on the client’s side handling the complaint.
10.4 In addition to the person specified by the client in the order, the person responsible for the work process is automatically considered to be their direct superior, or another person who has demonstrably replaced them in this position or represents them in their absence, and also a new person who has been demonstrably notified to the contractor later by the current person responsible for the work process or the person who signed the order.
10.4.1 If the client does not specify a specific person responsible for the work process in the order, the risks arising from this fully burden the client, whose primary interest (also considering other provisions of these GTC) should be to designate a qualified responsible person for the work process, given that this person has special rights and obligations in executing the job. If the client does not specify such a person in the order, it is assumed that they agree that any worker of the client (especially an employee or cooperating person), or even the recipient or other third parties on the client’s side, if this third party is actively (e.g., cooperation) or passively (e.g., control, acceptance of the job result) involved in the job, may act on behalf of the client in matters reserved by these GTC for the person responsible for the work process. In such a case, the contractor is not obliged to examine whether such a worker is exceeding their authority; the actions of such a worker fully bind the client unless it is proven that the contractor clearly knew about the exceeding of authority and did not inform the client of this fact without undue delay after such discovery.
10.4.2 The client is entitled to provide the contractor with the missing contact details of the relevant person responsible for the work process at any time in a provable manner, as well as to notify changes to these details; the notification must clearly indicate who made it on behalf of the client. 1
10.5 The provisions of point 10.4 of this article also apply to the person authorized to sign the work report.
10.5.1 The provisions of points 10.4.1 and 10.4.2 of this article apply accordingly to the person authorized to sign the work report if not specified in the order.
10.6 The following are always considered persons under the direct management of the client:
a) the client’s employee,
b) a worker on the client’s side with whom the client has a contractual relationship and who is involved in the job,
c) any person specified by the client in the order, regardless of the actual position of the person (i.e., even if such a person does not operate within the client’s structures but operates, for example, within the recipient’s structures), and therefore it is the client’s responsibility to specify the person in the order.
Article 11
Remuneration for Services Provided
11.1 The client undertakes to pay the contractor the remuneration for the services provided in the amount agreed in the order, including any surcharges according to these GTC, unless otherwise agreed in the order.
11.2 The applicable statutory VAT rate will be added to the remuneration. The remuneration will be invoiced in accordance with the order and these GTC.
11.3 11.3 If an hourly remuneration has been agreed in the order, surcharges will be charged for services provided:
a) at night at a rate of 25%,
b) on Saturdays (00:00–24:00) at a rate of 50%,
c) on Sundays and other public holidays (00:00–24:00) at a rate of 100%. Nighttime is considered the following time periods on Monday to Friday: from 00:00 to 06:00 and from 22:00 to 24:00. The contractor is entitled to surcharges according to this point even without a special agreement in the order. If surcharges are agreed in a different amount or excluded in the order, the provisions of the order apply. If a time period falls under several surcharges according to letters a) – c) of this point (e.g., a public holiday on a Saturday), the surcharge is paid only once, at the higher rate.
11.4 11.4 In addition to the remuneration for the services provided, the client is obliged to reimburse the contractor for any special costs, the reimbursement of which has been mutually and provably agreed in writing by the contractor and the client (especially in the order).
Article 12
Payment Terms and Penalties
12.1 The remuneration for the services provided is payable based on invoices issued by the contractor based on orders and work reports, usually:
a) after the job is completed, or
b) after the end of the relevant calendar month for services provided in that month, or
c) after the end of the calendar week if the remuneration for services provided in the relevant calendar week exceeds €5,000. The contractor always has the right to choose when to issue the invoice unless the invoicing period is specifically agreed in the order.
12.2 The invoice is due 14 days from its delivery to the client, unless a longer due date is specified in the invoice itself. If the invoice has an earlier due date than stated in this point, the due date specified in this point is decisive for the client’s delay in paying the invoice.
12.2.1 The due date of the invoice is not affected by the fact that the client does not have the relevant invoice approved for payment in their internal systems or other internal processes (e.g., due to a missing internal order according to point 4.7 of these GTC). This is not changed by the fact that the client returned the invoice to the contractor for the reason stated in the first sentence.
12.3 By sending the order to the contractor (Article 4 of these GTC), the client agrees to the issuance of an electronic invoice. However, the contractor is entitled to send a paper invoice instead of an electronic invoice, especially if they do not have an email address for delivering electronic invoices.
12.3.1 The contractor primarily sends the invoice to the person who issued the order on the client’s side or to the person designated by the client in the order (especially the client’s finance department) or to another email address later notified to the contractor by the client in writing, in a provable manner; however, the contractor may always send it to the client’s general email address, which they have or which is listed on the client’s website, especially in cases where the addresses mentioned in the part of the sentence before the semicolon return as undelivered or the requested delivery notification is not returned from them.
12.3.2 If the client has allowed the contractor access to their internal electronic system, into which invoices can also be uploaded, the contractor primarily sends invoices in this way.
12.3.3 If an ECA is concluded between the contractor and the client, the invoice can also be delivered in accordance with its provisions (e.g., through MetriQ).
12.3.4 The contractor is entitled to comply with a later request from the client to issue a paper invoice.
12.4 The invoice must meet all the requirements of a tax document, be issued in accordance with the provisions of these GTC, and be properly delivered to the client.
12.5 A copy of the relevant work report proving the legitimacy of the invoicing must be attached to the invoice.
12.6 In the event of the client’s delay in paying the invoice, the client is obliged to pay the contractor interest on late payment at the statutory rate on the invoiced amount for each day of delay. This provision does not affect other claims for delay arising from generally binding legal regulations.
12.7 If the client is (even partially) in delay with the payment of any invoice (including an invoice for another job), the contractor is entitled to suspend the provision of all services (i.e., even those not related to the given job), and is not liable for any damages that the client or a third party may suffer as a result of the suspension of services. If the justified suspension lasts longer than 10 days, the contractor is entitled to immediately terminate the order.
Article 13
Quality Guarantee and Liability for Deficiencies
13.1 The contractor holds certificates of the Integrated Management System ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015, and ISO 45001:2018, which guarantee the quality of the services provided. The contractor undertakes to provide services with professional care and in the quality guaranteed by these certificates.
13.2 In order to ensure the proper quality of services, the contractor undertakes to continuously monitor them and, if they see obstacles on the part of the client, recipient, or third party (e.g., logistics warehouse) to achieving the proper quality of the services provided, they will immediately inform either the person responsible for the work process or the person authorized to change the order (point 10.2 of these GTC). If the contractor reports such a fact orally, they are obliged to subsequently record the relevant information in MetriQ, if the client has concluded a license agreement according to Article 16 of these GTC, otherwise send it by email to the person responsible for the work process or the person authorized to change the order (point 10.2 of these GTC), provided that the contact details of the specified person are listed in the order or the client has notified the contractor according to point 10.4.2 of these GTC. The person responsible for the work process or the person authorized to change the order (point 10.2 of these GTC) is also authorized to monitor compliance with the quality of service provision; this person, in case of doubts about the quality of the services provided, will immediately inform the technician. The technician, after consulting and confirming the doubts about the quality of the services provided with the person responsible for the work process or the person authorized to change the order (point 10.2 of these GTC), may, with the provable written consent of this person, order a repeated inspection of the components associated with the elimination of any identified deficiencies; a written record of this fact will be made, signed on one side by the technician and on the other by the person responsible for the work process or the person authorized to change the order (point 10.2 of these GTC). If the repeated inspection proves incorrect service provision, the contractor is not entitled to remuneration for the time spent on the repeated inspection. If the repeated inspection does not prove incorrect service provision, the time of the repeated inspection recorded in the work report is considered the time of service provision, for which the contractor is entitled to remuneration at the same rate as for regular service provision according to the relevant order in accordance with the provisions of these GTC.
13.3 If, after the provision of services, but no later than during the first assembly of the components into the relevant item, of which the component is the first direct part (e.g., larger component, system components, module, integrated module, car, etc.), it is found that the services were not provided in the guaranteed quality, the client is obliged to notify the contractor of the identified deficiencies (defects) of the provided services (hereinafter referred to as “deficiencies”) in writing, in a provable manner (hereinafter referred to as “complaint”), without undue delay, but no later than 2 working days from when the client learns of the relevant deficiency; otherwise, upon the expiration of the specified period, the client loses the right to assert any claims for liability for deficiencies in the provided services (hereinafter referred to as “liability for deficiencies”). Regardless of the above, the right to file a complaint or claim for liability for deficiencies expires no later than 6 months after the provision of the service to which the complaint relates. Failure to file a complaint according to this point relieves the contractor of liability for any damage that could (at least theoretically) have been prevented by filing the complaint and its resolution by the contractor.
13.4 The contractor is not liable, regardless of other provisions of these GTC, for deficiencies, delays, or breaches of contractual obligations that arose due to:
a) inappropriate or incorrect handling of the subject of the service (especially the component) after the service was provided by a person other than the contractor,
b) if the contractor marked the subject of the service or its part as non-compliant or not meeting the conditions according to the work process and the client (or a person on their side, e.g., the recipient) released such a subject of the service (especially the component) for further use or circulation despite this fact,
c) errors in the work process that were properly approved by the client,
d) failure to mark the component as a safety part according to point 8.5 of these GTC,
e) the occurrence of force majeure circumstances, which are considered a/ exceptional circumstances that were not foreseeable by the contracting party and/or b/ circumstances in which the contracting party made every effort that could reasonably be required to avert their influence, provided that at the time of the occurrence of one of such circumstances, the contracting party was not in delay with fulfilling those of its obligations that (even together with force majeure circumstances) created a situation in which it wants to invoke force majeure circumstances; force majeure circumstances are considered to be, in particular (but not exclusively): war, invasion, acts of foreign enemies, acts of foreign hostile acts, civil war, rebellion, revolutionary uprising of the population or other public unrest, the consequence of military or usurpation power, confiscation or nationalization or based on an order or in the execution of an order of state or other public authorities, the consequences of the use of any military weapon using nuclear fission or radioactive force, regardless of whether in peacetime or wartime, accidents, natural disasters, long-term power outages, crisis situations or other similar exceptional circumstances, shortages of goods in the territory of the Czech Republic necessary for the proper provision of services and which the contractor is obliged to ensure; force majeure circumstances do not include circumstances that arise solely from the personal or property conditions of the contracting party, or from business practices, including a lack of qualified labor, failure to fulfill obligations to the contracting party by third parties, the unfavorable economic situation of the contracting party.
13.5 The client is obliged to provide the contractor with all necessary (especially, but not only, requested by the contractor) cooperation in investigating the complaint, in particular, they are obliged to provide photo documentation, documents, communication records, data that the client or recipient has and that relate to or may relate to the complaint or the complained service.
13.5.1 Delay in fulfilling the client’s obligation according to point 13.5 of this article by more than 5 working days results in the expiration of claims arising from liability for deficiencies based on the filed complaint.
13.6 The complaint must be addressed without undue delay after its filing, no later than 3 working days from its filing, and resolved as soon as possible. The contractor undertakes to acknowledge or reject the complaint within 30 working days from the filing of the complaint. The period during which the contractor cannot assess the complaint due to the cooperation requested by them according to point 13.5 of this article (i.e., the time from the request to the provision of cooperation) extends the period according to the previous sentence.
13.6.1 In the case of a justified complaint, the client is entitled to a reasonable discount on the price invoiced for the job; this applies only if the contractor does not inform the client within the period for acknowledging or rejecting the complaint (point 13.6 of this article) that they will ensure the free elimination of the identified deficiencies. The contractor has the right to choose how to resolve the complaint. In the case of free elimination of the identified deficiency by the contractor, the client is not entitled to a reasonable discount on the price according to the first sentence of this point.
13.6.2 In the case of a justified complaint concerning services whose subject was services according to point 3.1 letter a) of these GTC, the contractor has the right to request the client to re-deliver all components (except those that have already been demonstrably incorporated into the item of which the components are a part), which were the subject of the complained service so that the contractor can perform their repeated inspection and free elimination of any defects in the complained service on the other components and thus prevent possible damage, and the client is obliged to comply with this request; violation of this obligation by the client results in the expiration of rights from liability for deficiencies of the filed complaints; the provisions of point 14.4.1 of these GTC are not affected.
13.6.3 The client has the right, in exceptional cases, to ensure the elimination of the deficiency through a third party at the contractor’s expense, provided that all the following conditions are met for the reimbursement of such costs by the contractor:
a) the client properly filed the complaint in accordance with these GTC and the contractor did not use the opportunity to resolve the complaint or did not address the complaint within the period according to these GTC, or within the period according to a provable special written agreement with the contractor, or if the contractor agreed in writing, in a provable manner, to the elimination of the deficiency by another person,
b) in the case of a job according to point 3.1 letter a) of these GTC, the client allowed the contractor to inspect the result of the job (especially in the form of a repeated inspection of the parts to which the job relates, according to point 13.2 or 13.6.2 of this article) and the contractor did not ensure the remedy or did not use the opportunity to perform the inspection within a reasonable period,
c) the repeated sorting/repair or other service that eliminates the deficiency by a third party is carried out to a comparable extent as the job to which the deficiency elimination relates (especially in terms of time requirements, work process, and costs of eliminating the deficiency compared to the price of the job) and the contractor has been provided with relevant documents proving this comparable extent. The client and the contractor may also agree in writing, in a provable manner, on other conditions for cost reimbursement according to this point.
13.7 If the client regularly uses the 8D-Report, the contractor will provide the client with the 8D-Report according to the 8D terms upon request.
13.8 In the case of preparing a written record of the method of handling the complaint, it must be signed by an authorized person of the contractor specified in point 10.1 of these GTC and by the person who filed the complaint on behalf of the client or a person according to point 10.2 of these GTC. The client is entitled to include any of their statements in the written record.
13.9 The contracting parties may always agree in the written record of the method of handling the complaint on another way of resolving it.
Article 14
Ownership of Components, Liability for Damage, and Compensation
14.1 The contractor does not become the owner of the components received for the purpose of executing the job.
14.2 The contractor is liable for the culpable actions of the contractor’s workers that result in damage, loss, or destruction of the components received from the client (or recipient) for the purpose of executing the job, if such actions occurred during the execution of the job; however, the contractor is not liable for such culpable actions if the damage, loss, or destruction would have occurred regardless of such culpable actions or if the actions were taken by the contractor’s worker to avert an imminent danger that they did not cause themselves or if the damage was caused in necessary defense against an imminent or ongoing attack. The contractor is not liable for damage in cases specified by law (e.g., if the breach of obligations was caused by circumstances excluding liability and in cases of damage caused by force majeure circumstances as defined in point 13.4 letter e) of these GTC).
14.3 In the event of damage for which the contractor is liable according to point 14.2 of this article, the damage is compensated by restoration to the original state or monetary compensation; the contractor has the right to choose.
14.4 Limits of Liability for Damage for which the Contractor is Liable
14.4.1 The contractor is liable for damage caused as a result of deficiencies in the provided services (defective performance) and did not eliminate it within the resolution of the complaint properly filed by the client in accordance with these GTC. If the client did not provide the contractor with the components based on the contractor’s request according to point 13.6.2 of these GTC for inspection, they are not entitled to compensation for damage that occurred as a result of this unperformed inspection or damage that could have been prevented by such a free inspection.
14.4.2 The contractor is also liable for damage caused to the client during the performance of their activities on other property of the client than that covered by the provisions of point 14.4.1 of this article.
14.4.3 In cases of a claim for compensation, the contractor is obliged to claim insurance benefits for the damage event from their insurance company.
14.4.4 The contractor provides compensation for damage in full, but not exceeding the amount of the insurance benefits received by the contractor or paid by the contractor’s insurance company from liability insurance, which the contractor has concluded with their insurance company, with the suspensive condition of the payment of such insurance benefits by the insurance company. If the insurance company does not pay the insurance benefits directly to the client but provides them to the contractor, the contractor will transfer the received benefits from the insurance company to the client within 15 days from the day the insurance benefits were received from the insurance company, and the client has provided the contractor with the account number in writing, in a provable manner, to which the compensation should be transferred; this does not apply to the extent of the payment that the contractor paid to the client by mutual agreement before the insurance company’s payment.
14.4.5 If, for any reason, the contractor’s insurance company does not pay the insurance benefits for the damage event no later than 6 months from the day the contractor claimed the insurance benefits, the contractor undertakes to provide the client with compensation for the client’s claim for liability for damage up to the value of the job to which the damage event relates. For jobs lasting longer than 1 month, the value of the job is determined as the average value of the job (invoiced amounts excluding VAT) calculated from the last 6 months of job execution; if the job lasted more than 1 month but less than 6 months, the average is calculated from the months of the job duration. The client and the contractor may also agree in writing, in a provable manner, otherwise. This does not affect the provisions of point 14.4.4 of this article, i.e., if the contractor’s insurance company pays the insurance benefits after the contractor has provided compensation according to the first sentence of this point, the client is entitled to the difference between the amount of the insurance benefits and the compensation received according to the first sentence of this point; if the client received more than they are entitled to (especially as a result of direct payment from the insurance company), they are obliged to return the difference to the contractor.
14.4.6 In the event that the contractor’s insurance company refuses to provide insurance benefits for any reason (except in the case of the contractor’s failure to cooperate in investigating the insurance event), the limit of liability for damage is the amount of compensation specified in point 14.4.5 of this article.
14.4.7 The prerequisite for a claim for compensation against the contractor is the provable fault of the contractor. The client and the contractor undertake to provide each other with all necessary, especially requested by the other party, cooperation (including providing any necessary documentation) in resolving the damage so that it is possible to i/ claim the damage within the contractor’s insurance, ii/ the contractor’s liability is clearly evident; in case of breach of this obligation, all deadlines related to compensation are extended by the period of delay in fulfilling it. Cooperation according to this point must also be provided in cases where measures need to be taken to minimize the damage.
14.4.8 The contractor always has the right to compensate for the damage by restoring it to its original state. The client is not entitled to deny this right to the contractor, otherwise, the contractor’s liability for the damage ceases at the moment of denying this right.
14.4.9 If the contractor is not solely liable for the damage but together with others (shared liability), the contractor is liable to the client only for the damage according to the extent of their liability. A claim for compensation is not valid if there is reasonable and provable doubt about the contractor’s causation of the damage.
14.4.10 Regardless of other provisions of these GTC, only actual property damage is compensated, and the client has no claim against the contractor for non-property damage (e.g., damage to reputation, goodwill, know-how, etc.) or for lost profits, fines, penalties, interest on late payments caused to third parties that the client would like to regressively transfer to the contractor.
14.4.11 The maximum amount of compensation for one damage event is €100,000 (one hundred thousand euros), unless a lower maximum amount of compensation is specified by other provisions of this article.
14.4.12 The provisions of Article 14 do not affect the provisions of point 14.5 of this article.
14.4.13 The provisions of Article 14 apply accordingly to liability for damage caused by a breach of confidentiality obligations according to point 15.5 and following.
14.5 If the client has not fulfilled any of the obligations according to point 5.8 of these GTC, then:
a) the contractor is not liable, regardless of the previous provisions of this article, for any damages that the client or third parties suffer as a result of the incorrect use of non-standard tools,
b) the client is liable to the contractor for any damage that the contractor or the contractor’s worker suffers as a result of handling the non-standard tool, which could have been prevented by fulfilling the obligations according to point 5.8 of these GTC; or if the client has properly fulfilled the obligations according to point 5.8 of these GTC.
Article 15
Delivery, Confidentiality of Information, and Secrecy
15.1 Any notices, requests, demands, requests for consents, or any other communication submitted by one contracting party to the other contracting party in the form of email, document, or through MetriQ (if the client has concluded a license agreement according to Article 16 of these GTC), the other contracting party responds in the same or similar manner so that the content of the response can be clearly captured. In case of non-compliance with the prescribed form of response, the burden of proof regarding the content and delivery of the response lies with the sender.
15.1.1 Information contained in MetriQ, if the client has concluded a license agreement (Article 16 of these GTC), is considered provided by uploading it to MetriQ, which creates the corresponding log in the system.
15.2 The content of an email is considered delivered in the case of i) manual confirmation of its receipt, or confirmation of its reading, ii) receipt of an email response containing the original text of the email whose delivery is concerned; except for the confirmation of reading the email sent by the recipient’s email program/server.
15.3 For the delivery of documents between the contracting parties, it is considered that the document is delivered:
a) on the day of its actual delivery to the other contracting party – the recipient,
b) on the day when the period for picking up the shipment at the postal carrier expires in vain, even if the recipient did not learn about the storage,
c) on the day of the unsuccessful delivery attempt, if the delivery was prevented by the recipient’s culpable action or omission (e.g., refusal to accept the shipment, missing recipient’s designation at their address),
d) on the calendar day following the day of making the electronic document available in MetriQ, if the client has concluded a license agreement (Article 16 of these GTC). 15.4
15.4 If an ECA is concluded between the contractor and the client, it takes precedence over the provisions of points 15.2 and 15.3 of this article in case of a conflict regarding delivery.
15.5 The contracting parties are obliged to maintain confidentiality about all confidential information and also about all facts they learn in connection with the performance based on the contractual relationship established in accordance with these GTC and which concern the other contracting party, if such facts have a demonstrable economic significance for the other contracting party or other competitors in the market.
15.5.1 Confidential information is considered to be all facts and information constituting a trade secret within the meaning of Act No. 89/2012 Coll., the Civil Code, as amended, and also information clearly and provably designated by the other party as confidential. Without prejudice to the above provisions, confidential information also includes any publicly inaccessible, technical, commercial, or other information that one contracting party designates as confidential, or with which it is to be treated (considering the circumstances known to the other party when providing the information) as confidential, or any information from which it is understandable to any reasonably knowledgeable person that it is confidential. Confidential information also includes any technical, commercial, or business information (including product and similar plans, development plans, forecasts, analyses, and strategies), specifications, diagrams, training materials, formulas, drawings, models, samples, procedures, ideas, and inventions (even if not subject to special protection), data, software, or documentation in any form, whether captured materially or provided orally, as well as information received from a person other than the contracting party, if this person is obliged to treat it as confidential. Confidential information also includes information about the conditions of one or the other of the contracting parties, their products, processes, and performances, as well as prices, surcharges, and costs agreed in the orders.
15.5.2 In order to prevent disputes about the nature of the information, the contracting party that provides information to the other party that is to be considered confidential within the meaning of the provisions of this article and from the nature of the matter is not unequivocally confidential without any doubt, is obliged to clearly designate this information as confidential.
15.5.3 The contractor’s prices agreed with the client are always considered confidential, even if not specifically designated as such.
15.6 The obligation to maintain confidentiality applies for the duration of the relevant contractual relationship, which includes these GTC, and for an additional 1 year after its termination; the obligation to maintain confidentiality also passes to any legal successors of the contracting parties. This obligation can only be waived by a written declaration of the other contracting party.
15.7 The obligation of confidentiality does not apply to facts that:
a) in connection with the performance based on the contractual relationship established in accordance with these GTC are or will be accessible to employees or third parties who must know this information due to their job position, functional classification, or their role in the contractual performance,
b) were demonstrably obtained from a third party who is authorized to disseminate this information,
c) became publicly known without breaching the obligation of any contracting party governing the obligation of confidentiality,
d) were independently developed by the contracting party without using any confidential information according to the provisions of this article,
e) can be disclosed based on a special agreement concluded between the client and the contractor. 15.8
15.8 It is not considered a breach of the obligation to maintain confidentiality:
a) providing information to third parties who have a property interest in one of the contracting parties,
b) providing information to lawyers or other representatives for the proper performance of their activities, who are bound by the obligation of confidentiality by law, provided that these persons are informed in advance about the obligation of confidentiality in the discussed matter,
c) providing information in the case of prior written consent of the other contracting party to disclose the individual information protected by the obligation of confidentiality,
d) providing information for the purposes or within the proceedings before a court, arbitration body, or other public authority, provided that this authority is informed in advance about the confidential nature of the information so that it can take the necessary measures (e.g., exclusion of the public),
e) providing information to a government, banking, tax, or other control authority that is authorized and competent to require it, in accordance with legal regulations, provided that this authority is informed in advance about the confidential nature of the information so that it can take the necessary measures,
f) providing information that the contracting party is obliged to disclose based on the law.
15.9 The contracting parties further undertake to protect information about the other contracting party, which is subject to the confidentiality regime according to this article, at least to the extent as if it were their own information and undertake to bind their organizational units, managing employees, or employees (and also cooperating persons) who come into contact with such information to confidentiality to the same extent, and each of the contracting parties is fully responsible for the breach of the obligation by these persons.
Article 16
Use of MetriQ and License
16.1 The client gains access to MetriQ and can use it based on a concluded license agreement, which takes the form of either a separate license agreement (point 2.14.1 of these GTC) or an order license agreement (point 2.14.2 of these GTC).
16.2 Order License Agreement
16.2.1 The provisions of the following points 16.2.2 – 16.2.4 of this article apply only for the period during which the contractor and the client have not concluded a separate license agreement.
16.2.2 If, according to the order, the client is interested in sharing reports and other data in MetriQ, they will indicate this in the order, and based on this, the contractor will subsequently decide, according to the possibilities and nature of the job, to provide access to the MetriQ system for the given job to the client. By signing the order with the declared interest in using MetriQ, the client undertakes to comply with the license terms, which are an appendix to these GTC. The license agreement is considered concluded at the moment of granting access to the client (e.g., to the person of the client who issued the order, the person responsible for the work process, or the person authorized to sign the work report) to MetriQ.
16.2.3 The scope of MetriQ functionalities made available to the client based on the order license agreement is determined by the contractor.
16.2.4 The license to use MetriQ within the scope of functionalities according to point 16.2.3 of this article is provided free of charge. If the client is interested in expanding the range of MetriQ functionalities made available, they must conclude a separate license agreement with the contractor.
16.3 After concluding a separate license agreement, order license agreements are no longer concluded. Therefore, if an order license agreement would otherwise arise (i.e., the order contains the expressed interest in using MetriQ and the contractor provides the client with access to MetriQ), the order license agreement will not arise in the case of an existing valid separate license agreement, as the valid separate license agreement always provides the contractor with a greater scope of rights than the order license agreement.
Article 17
General and Final Provisions
17.1 Early termination of the service provided based on an accepted order is possible only by mutual provable written agreement between the contractor and the client, or based on a unilateral termination of the order in cases where these GTC or the order itself allow it.
17.1.1 In the case of proper termination of the order, the order ceases upon delivery of such a declaration of intent (with ex nunc effects). Termination of the order does not relieve the client of the obligation to pay the contractor for the properly provided services until the termination of the order, including all associated financial claims that the contractor incurs in accordance with the relevant order or based on it, as well as claims arising from these GTC.
17.2 To eliminate doubts, it is stated that if in the past the client paid an invoice issued by the contractor only after issuing an internal order according to point 4.7 of these GTC (even repeatedly), this fact cannot be interpreted as an implied agreement or business practice that would eliminate the validity of point 12.2.1 of these GTC.
17.3 Where these GTC require written form and it is not stated otherwise, it is considered that the written form is maintained if the act is performed in writing, which allows the content to be permanently captured (document, electronic document in MetriQ, email message, etc.). For written communication within the job, the use of one of the following languages is required: Czech, the language of the order, the language in which the contracting parties provably communicate, or the language on which the contracting parties provably agree in writing.
17.4 The contractual relationships of the contracting parties that are not regulated by these GTC or the order are governed by the relevant provisions of generally binding legal regulations valid in the country of the contractor’s registered office (i.e., in the Czech Republic), especially the relevant provisions of the Civil Code (and especially the provisions of the contract for work) as amended. If these GTC and/or the order regulate some relationships between the contracting parties differently than the law, the GTC and contractual regulation apply, provided that it is a conflict with the provisions of the law from which it is possible to deviate or whose application can be excluded (i.e., in the case of a conflict with the dispositive provisions of the Commercial Code, they are considered excluded). In the case of a conflict between the provisions of these GTC and the order, the provisions of the order take precedence.
17.4.1 If a contractual relationship between the contractor and the client was concluded by a separate contract (i.e., not in the form of an order according to Article 4 of these GTC), which refers to these GTC, where these GTC refer to the order, it means such a contract.
17.4.2 If an ECA or a license agreement for MetriQ is concluded between the client and the contractor, these agreements take precedence over the provisions of these GTC in matters explicitly addressed by the ECA/license agreement and to which they apply (including matters regulating delivery, confidentiality, and confidential information). 17.5
17.5 If, according to conflict of laws rules, the choice of judicial jurisdiction is possible, the courts of the Czech Republic have jurisdiction to decide disputes between the client and the contractor arising from the contractual relationship established according to these GTC. For the purposes of determining judicial jurisdiction, it is also considered that the place of contractual performance is the place of job execution (point 4.2.1 letter c) of these GTC); however, if the contractor provides services according to these GTC outside the territory of the Czech Republic, the courts of the Czech Republic have jurisdiction regardless of the place of job execution.
17.6 If any provision of these GTC is invalid, it does not affect the validity of the other provisions.
17.7 These GTC become valid and effective on the date in the header of the document. At the same time, the GTC issued by the contractor before February 1, 2025, cease to exist; however, for contractual relationships established based on orders that included the previous GTC, the previous GTC apply.
17.8 The contractor is entitled to unilaterally change these GTC at any time. However, for the contractual relationship between the client and the contractor established by a specific order, the GTC in the version valid at the time of proper delivery of the confirmed order to the contractor are always decisive.
Appendix to the GTC
License Terms for Using the MetriQ View Application
1. Definitions for the Purposes of These License Terms
1.1 The licensee is a legal entity or an individual entrepreneur with whom HOLLEN CZ s. r. o. (hereinafter referred to as HOLLEN) has concluded a license agreement.
1.1.1. The license agreement is a contract that includes these license terms. The license agreement may also be included directly in the service agreement or be part of its appendices or other documents (e.g., general terms and conditions) referred to by the service agreement. The license agreement is concluded as:
a) a separate license agreement, which is a special, independent contract for a specific order (in the form of a separate document) and is also labeled as a “license agreement”,
b) an order-based license agreement, which is a license agreement different from the separate license agreement and is concluded based on an order (which expresses the customer’s interest in using MetriQ for a specific order and also acceptance of the general terms and conditions, which include these license terms) and granting access to MetriQ by the contractor.
1.2 The service agreement is any contract between HOLLEN and the licensee, the subject of which is the provision of services by HOLLEN in the field of quality assurance of production and/or processes, which mainly include component inspection associated with sorting activities and possible corrective work, additional adjustments, finishing and assembly services, as well as services related to quality assurance of components, production support services, workshop work, logistics and assistance services, or other services, if such a contract includes acceptance of these license terms (e.g., framework agreement, partial agreement, accepted order based on general terms and conditions).
1.2.1. A component is a part, piece, goods, semi-finished product, material, or any combination thereof related to the service provided under the service agreement.
1.2.2. An order is a comprehensive service (or a set of services) provided under a specific service agreement.
1.2.3. A report is a data output related to a specific order (carried out under a service agreement by HOLLEN) for a specific period prepared by HOLLEN. The report contains data related to the specific order.
1.3 MetriQ Suite (hereinafter referred to as “MetriQ”) is an electronic system for workplace digitization, focusing mainly on digital collection, distribution, and presentation of data on individual orders and electronic sharing of documents significant for the order (e.g., technical documentation). MetriQ is a cloud-based solution, a computer program, and is protected by copyright.
1.3.1. The MetriQ View application (hereinafter referred to as “MQV”) is part of MetriQ, representing a web presentation portal that allows viewing and presenting data, sharing documents, and possibly (after concluding a separate electronic communication agreement) also serves for document approval. MQV has various functionalities.
1.3.2. The MetriQ Input application (hereinafter referred to as “MQI”) is part of MetriQ and is used by HOLLEN personnel when providing services under the service agreement, where these personnel enter relevant data related to the order into MetriQ.
1.3.3. The MetriQ Admin application (hereinafter referred to as “MQA”) is part of MetriQ, allowing the administration of selected access and settings.
1.3.4. MetriQ Core (hereinafter referred to as “MQC”) is a database of data created based on inputs through MQI and other internal information systems of HOLLEN and is an integral and essential part of MetriQ.
1.3.5. A log is a computer file with a control record of certain activities carried out in MetriQ.
1.3.6. Technical documentation is all documentation significant from the perspective of the order, especially work procedures, documents related to occupational safety and health, documents related to rules that must be followed at the workplace/area of service implementation, etc.
1.3.7. Data are any electronically stored information related to a specific order, collected using MQI or entered into MetriQ by HOLLEN (or its personnel) in other ways than through MQI, or information entered into MetriQ directly by the licensee; data include, in particular, information on the total time required to complete the order or its individual parts and selected information about components (e.g., their numbers and other specifications) related to the order, as well as technical documentation for the order (especially work procedures), reports, and other documents (e.g., orders and invoices).
1.3.8. A technical outage is the inability to use MetriQ or its part due to system maintenance, internet connection failure, etc.
1.4 A user is any user and administrator.
1.4.1. A user is a person who has been granted access to MQV by the administrator. User access is obtained through access credentials that will be sent by an automated system to their email address provided in the name list, service agreement, or provided by the licensee in another way. A user can also be a person outside the licensee’s structure if it is necessary for them to have access to MQV due to their position (e.g., a quality inspector of the end customer).
1.4.2. An administrator is an MQA user on the side of HOLLEN who manages MetriQ and administers selected MetriQ settings. An administrator can also be a person on the licensee’s side, usually for an additional fee, but only by agreement with HOLLEN, which will determine the scope of permitted authorizations. The licensee is not entitled to use the administrator status for a person on their side without such a special written and provable agreement. Administrator access is obtained through access credentials that will be sent by an automated system to their email address provided in the name list, service agreement, or provided by the licensee in another written and provable way.
1.4.3. Access credentials represent a unique username and password for a specific user.
1.4.4. The name list is an optional list of persons on the licensee’s side, which mainly includes a list of the licensee’s employees who are or should be users; a licensee’s employee is any individual in a direct or indirect contractual relationship with the licensee who performs activities for them in a supplier manner or in a subordinate relationship (hereinafter referred to as “licensee’s employee”). The name list includes, in addition to the name and surname, the user’s email address, allowing the receipt of informational messages related to the use of MetriQ (e.g., access credentials).
1.5 A technician is a person on the side of HOLLEN who is listed as a technician in the service agreement or visible in a specific order (contract) in the contacts section directly in MetriQ.
2. License
2.1 The license is the authorization for the licensee to use MQV, and possibly MQA if the use of MQA by the licensee’s employee has been agreed upon.
2.2 The acceptance of these license terms by the licensee occurs by concluding an order-based license agreement or a separate license agreement, which includes these license terms as an appendix.
3.Basic License Terms
3.1 The licensee and all users are authorized to use MetriQ only in the manner allowed by the license agreement and these license terms.
3.2 Basic license provisions:
3.2.1. The license is granted as non-exclusive.
3.2.2. Duration of the license:
a) For a separate license agreement, the license is granted for up to 2 years after the completion of the last order carried out by HOLLEN for the licensee.
b) For an order-based license agreement, the license is granted for up to 6 months after the completion of the specific order. The specified duration applies only if the license agreement does not state otherwise. The provisions of point 12.2 of the license terms are not affected by this.
3.2.3. Scope of the license:
a) The license allows the licensee to use the functionalities made available by HOLLEN, usually by mutual agreement; if the licensee wants to have a legal claim to access certain specific functionalities, such an agreement must be documented in writing directly in the license agreement or subsequent agreement (e.g., in the form of emails, special documents, or electronic documents signed by authorized representatives of both parties), and such an agreement on behalf of HOLLEN can be concluded by the statutory body, procurator, or a person in the position of general manager or branch manager.
b) The license allows the use of MQV by any user; from the functionalities available to the licensee, the scope of these functionalities for a specific user is determined by the licensee based on a provable agreement with HOLLEN.
3.2.4. Territorial scope of the license: unlimited.
3.3 Sharing user access credentials with other persons is prohibited, even if these other persons have their own access credentials. Violation of this prohibition may result in the termination of the license agreement according to point 12.1 of the license terms.
3.3.1. The provisions of point 3.3 of the license terms do not apply if the sharing of access credentials is permitted in the license agreement.
4. Special License Terms
4.1 The licensee is obliged to ensure that users use MQV only for the following purposes:
a) displaying selected data according to part 5 of the license terms using the provided functionalities (point 3.2.3 of the license terms),
b) generating reports or other available outputs to the extent and in the manner allowed by MQV and the provided functionalities (point 3.2.3 of the license terms),
c) uploading documents related to orders,
d) approving selected documents if a special electronic communication agreement has been signed between the licensee and HOLLEN regarding this. 4.2.
4.2 Access to the data displayed in MQV is provided through a web interface and the use of remote access technologies. 4.3.
4.3 The administrator on the licensee’s side is not authorized to grant access to persons who do not operate within the licensee’s structures.
5. Data and Their Security
5.1 HOLLEN collects data electronically (mainly using MQI), except in cases where technical reasons prevent this.
5.2 Data contained in MetriQ are confidential information; the licensee (and also every user) is obliged to maintain confidentiality regarding the data and must not disclose it to third parties, except in cases where it is permitted by these license terms or the license (or other) agreement. If the data also constitutes a trade secret, the provisions of legal regulations governing the protection of trade secrets apply accordingly.
5.3 The provisions of point 5.2 of the license terms do not apply to the disclosure of data to the licensee:
a) to its employees or other workers of the licensee who have a special legal interest in accessing the data (e.g., due to their position) and are bound by a confidentiality obligation regarding the data,
b) to persons who are financially or demonstrably personally connected with the licensee (through majority shareholders), or to their organizational units, as well as to employees or other workers of these persons, provided that they are bound by the same confidentiality obligation as stipulated in point 5.2 of the license terms.
5.4 If the order is carried out at the customer (client) of the licensee or in logistics or external warehouses on the side of the licensee or the customer (client) of the licensee, the data may also be disclosed to the relevant persons on their side.
5.5 Data may also be disclosed by the contracting party to:
a) the customer or supplier of the licensee (or persons on their side) if they are part of the specific order and need to be informed about the details of the order execution,
b) the provider of logistics services for the licensee (or persons on their side) if they need to be informed about the details of the order execution,
c) the end customer of the licensee (or persons on their side) if they need to be informed about the details of the order execution,
d) persons who are part of the communication (regarding the order) sent by the licensee,
e) other persons with a valid license to use MQV, to whom the order data relates,
f) legal and similar representatives of the contracting parties, who are bound by a confidentiality obligation by law, and also to public authorities if the data is disclosed to them based on the law,
g) other persons as specifically agreed between HOLLEN and the licensee. 5.6.
5.6 If the scope of data accessible to the licensee in MQV is not specified in the service agreement or the license agreement, it will be determined by HOLLEN; however, if the licensee wants to have a legal claim to access certain specific data, such an agreement must be documented in writing (e.g., in the form of emails, special documents, or electronic documents signed by authorized representatives of both parties).
5.7 HOLLEN is authorized to collect, use (in the broadest possible sense of the word), and provide data to other entities in the manner specified in these license terms without the special consent of the licensee. Regarding the use of data by HOLLEN, it is understood that the data is used exclusively to provide information about orders to designated persons, to create and present analyses, for invoicing, and for further development of MetriQ, and the data may be processed for these purposes in the broadest possible sense.
5.8 MetriQ operates within Microsoft systems (e.g., server in MS Azure, Windows Server, and Microsoft SQL database), which HOLLEN regularly updates, especially in terms of security patches.
5.9 HOLLEN also:
a) ensures data security, particularly by ensuring that all communication between the user and MQV takes place over an encrypted HTTPS protocol,
b) ensures that the SSL certificate is current and valid,
c) continuously evaluates logs and attempts to respond to suspicious activities.
5.10 HOLLEN allows access to MetriQ (including data stored in it) to an external company that develops and modifies MetriQ for HOLLEN, provided that this company is bound by a confidentiality obligation based on the relevant agreement.
5.11 HOLLEN may use the data (including personal data of the licensee’s workers to the extent of name, surname, email, and phone number, the name of the company they work for) in its other information systems or may disclose it to: a) third parties financially or personally connected with HOLLEN, b) IT service providers for HOLLEN who participate in the development and maintenance of the MetriQ system.
6. Other Conditions
6.1 The licensee is not authorized to allow access to MQV to persons who are not users.
6.2 HOLLEN recommends that each user change their access password after the first login.
6.3 It is recommended that the licensee provide HOLLEN with a name list. Without providing the name list, HOLLEN will grant access credentials only to persons whose need for access arises from the concluded service agreement for the given order (especially persons specified in the agreement) or persons according to point 5.5 of the license terms.
6.3.1. HOLLEN may grant a specific person on the licensee’s side administrator rights, in accordance with the conditions stated in point 1.4.2 of the license terms.
6.4 The administrator on the licensee’s side has the right to grant user access to a person other than the licensee’s employee (especially an external worker) only with the prior provable consent of HOLLEN.
6.5 The administrator for HOLLEN is authorized to deactivate a user’s account if:
a) the user misuses MQV in any way, or there is reasonable suspicion of misuse of MQV,
b) the user violates the provisions of the license terms,
c) there is suspicion of misuse or leakage of the user’s access credentials or other data, or such misuse or leakage is confirmed,
d) it is found from a reliable source that the current user no longer operates within the licensee’s structures or their job position has changed so that they no longer require access to MQV,
e) the relevant user account has not been used (especially if the user has not logged in) for more than 2 months.
6.6 HOLLEN is authorized to correct errors in MetriQ and issue new versions/updates of MetriQ and install them automatically without the licensee’s consent. 6.7.
6.7 HOLLEN is authorized to perform updates and upgrades to MetriQ at any time and at its own discretion to improve security and adjust system functionalities. 6.8.
6.8 The licensee is responsible for ensuring that individual users comply with the license terms, especially the prohibition according to point 3.3 of the license terms (the provisions of point 3.3.1 of the license terms are not affected by this).
6.9 The functionalities of MetriQ require internet access from the device through which the user wants to access them. HOLLEN is not responsible for the user’s inability to access MetriQ functionalities due to missing or insufficient internet connection. HOLLEN does not provide any technical devices needed to access MetriQ.
6.10 MQC is also subject to separate protection under copyright law, with HOLLEN being the entity that initiated and ensured the creation of the database, enjoying copyright protection of the database, and the licensee having no special rights to it, as the licensee’s inputs do not constitute a substantial qualitative or quantitative contribution to obtaining, verifying, or presenting its content.
6.11 Instructions for Use and Training
6.11.1. HOLLEN will provide training materials free of charge to the extent determined by it for the purpose of familiarizing users with the use of MetriQ.
6.11.2. HOLLEN may also provide special training for future users by agreement with the licensee.
7. Logs and Cookies
7.1 In case of disputes between HOLLEN and the licensee regarding user behavior when using MetriQ, the MetriQ logs are decisive, which the licensee accepts by using MetriQ.
7.2 MetriQ collects only the cookies necessary for the proper functioning of the relevant websites and does not use analytical or marketing cookies.
8. Personal Data
8.1 The licensee consents to the processing of personal data of users and third parties on its side, which it has provided to HOLLEN (e.g., in the order/contract, in the name list, especially by email) for the purpose of fulfilling HOLLEN’s contractual obligations to the licensee, as well as to other contractual partners. The licensee is also obliged, if required by legal regulations, to obtain the consent of the affected workers of the licensee to provide their personal data to HOLLEN; otherwise, the licensee is liable to HOLLEN for any damage that HOLLEN suffers as a result of the missing consent or in connection with it. The provisions of this point apply accordingly to other persons on the licensee’s side (e.g., the customer/end customer of the licensee, logistics warehouses on the licensee’s side).
8.2 HOLLEN is not obliged, given the licensee’s obligation under point 8.1 of the license terms, to examine whether a specific worker of the licensee (or a third party on its side) has given consent to provide their personal data to HOLLEN; the licensee is solely responsible for obtaining the consent.
8.3 Regardless of the provisions of points 8.1 and 8.2 of the license terms, the licensee is obliged, in cases where required by Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (GDPR), or similar regulation, or required by the Personal Data Protection Act, to ensure the consent of the relevant persons who are to be users to the use of their personal data in MetriQ, including their disclosure according to these license provisions to third parties (e.g., point 5.11 of the license terms), immediately after concluding the license agreement; otherwise, the licensee is liable for any damage (including penalties, lost profits, damage to reputation) that HOLLEN suffers as a result.
8.4 To avoid any doubt, it is understood that by disclosing personal data of individuals (especially users) by the licensee itself or a specific user, the licensee automatically declares that it has the consent of the relevant person to process their personal data and provide it to third parties to the extent specified in these license terms and to the extent disclosed by the licensee itself or by persons on its side.
9. Restrictions and Prohibitions
9.1 The licensee is not authorized to decompile, decrypt, disassemble, perform reverse engineering, or attempt to derive the source code of any part of MetriQ. The structure, arrangement, and computer code of MetriQ (as well as its parts) are considered confidential and proprietary information and are protected by copyright. The licensee is obliged to maintain confidentiality regarding the technical solution (e.g., user interface, functionalities) of MetriQ and its individual parts, which are also considered confidential information.
9.2 The licensee and any user are not authorized to:
a) remove, cover, or modify any copyright, trademark, or other proprietary rights or intellectual property rights notices that may be displayed in MetriQ,
b) access MetriQ in a manner that attempts to copy, extract, or reuse any part of the data or parts of MetriQ, except by using the official functionalities of MetriQ, or in a manner that is contrary to these license terms,
c) access MetriQ in any way other than using the assigned username and corresponding password (e.g., attempting to breach security measures, hacking, etc.),
d) circumvent technical limitations of MetriQ,
e) reproduce, modify, or create derivative works from MetriQ (or its parts),
f) transfer or assign the license, provide sublicenses,
g) rent, lend, transfer, sell, or redistribute access to MetriQ or any of its parts,
h) use any granted administrator permissions in a manner contrary to the purpose of the granted permissions, contrary to the scope of the granted permissions, or contrary to the provisions of the license agreement or these license terms or other special agreements with HOLLEN,
i) use MetriQ in a manner contrary to the terms of use according to these license terms, especially using MetriQ to transmit computer viruses, worms, trojans, or other malware,
j) use MetriQ in a manner contrary to generally binding legal regulations. 9.3.
9.3 HOLLEN is not responsible and cannot be held liable in any way if a user discloses their access credentials to a third party.
9.4 Access to MetriQ is provided “as is” or “as available.” HOLLEN is not responsible for any inability or limited ability to use MetriQ, nor for errors in MetriQ.
9.5 The licensee has the option to report errors in MetriQ in the manner specified in point 11 of the license terms.
9.6 HOLLEN is not liable for any damages or losses resulting from the use (including misuse), interruption (including technical outage, network attacks, system maintenance, etc.), suspension, or termination of the use of MetriQ, including the procedure according to point 6.5 of the license terms. HOLLEN is particularly not responsible for any consequences of decisions made by the licensee based on incorrect or incomplete interpretation of data available in MetriQ.
10. Special Obligations in Relation to Service Agreements
10.7 In the event of a technical outage, data related to the order is collected in paper form or in another manner agreed upon by the contracting parties and must subsequently be entered into the MetriQ system by HOLLEN without undue delay after the technical outage has been resolved.
11. Reporting Errors and Technical Outages
11.1 The licensee is obliged to promptly report any error in MQV or technical outage to HOLLEN at metriq@hollen.sk or inform the technician, who will relay the information to HOLLEN’s IT department.
11.2 HOLLEN continuously fixes errors in MetriQ, determining the timeframe for error resolution based on the severity of the error. Error resolution is carried out by deploying updates to MetriQ, with the timing and method of deployment decided solely by HOLLEN. If the technical outage is on HOLLEN’s side, it will be resolved without undue delay after detection.
11.3 The licensee sends any error reports or deficiencies, as well as suggestions for improving MetriQ, to the technician.
12. Termination of the License
12.1 In addition to the methods of license termination specified directly in the license agreement, the license also terminates upon termination of the license agreement by HOLLEN in the event of a breach of these license terms by the licensee or user. The termination is effective upon delivery to the licensee.
12.2 The license terminates in cases other than those specified in point 12.1 of the license terms, upon revocation of access by HOLLEN to the licensee or individual users, with HOLLEN being authorized to revoke such access no earlier than the expiration of the period for which the license was granted according to point 3.2.2 of the license terms; during the period from the expiration of the license period according to point 3.2.2 of the license terms until the revocation of access according to this point, the license is considered automatically extended.
12.2.1. For the avoidance of doubt, it is stated that if the license was granted multiple times or for multiple orders (especially based on multiple order-based license agreements), the termination of the license for one order does not affect the rights to use MetriQ for other orders, i.e., the validity of the license for one order does not affect the validity of the license for another order; this does not apply in the case specified in point 12.1 of the license terms, where all granted licenses terminate unless HOLLEN states otherwise in the termination.
12.3 If the licensee has concluded a separate license agreement with HOLLEN, this takes precedence over the claims from individual mutually agreed orders, i.e., the termination of one order does not terminate the license for that order in the sense of point 12.2 of the license terms, but the license to use MetriQ (for all orders of the licensee, including completed orders) terminates only upon the termination of the separate license agreement.
12.4 After the termination of the license, the licensee is not authorized to use the data (including transcripts, rewrites, and copies) in any way other than to defend its rights in potential court proceedings or in the case of their submission to public authorities based on their legitimate request.
12.5 After the termination of the license, HOLLEN is not obliged to make the data available to the licensee in any way unless specifically agreed in writing; this does not affect any potential claim for data export if specifically agreed in the license agreement.
12.6 After the termination of the license, claims for damages and other performances that arose or are causally related to the period of validity of the license remain in effect.
13. Final License Provisions
13.1 In the event of a breach of any obligation stated in these license terms, the licensee is liable for all damages directly or indirectly (e.g., by way of a recourse claim) suffered by HOLLEN, regardless of whether the breach of obligation is also sanctioned by a contractual penalty.
13.2 The licensee is responsible for the actions of all persons using MetriQ on its side (especially users), as well as for the actions of all persons to whom it has allowed the use of MetriQ, either directly or through users, as if it had acted itself.
13.3 The licensee acknowledges that the provisions of these license terms do not affect any other obligations arising from legal regulations (especially the Copyright Act) when using MetriQ.
13.4 Confidentiality is governed by the relevant provisions of the license agreement, the service agreement, and the relevant legal regulations.
13.4.1. The confidentiality obligation does not apply to the provision of necessary information to suppliers of technical solutions implemented within MetriQ, who may need access to data for maintenance, repairs, upgrades, error correction, or technical outages.
13.4.2. Disclosure of data or other information in accordance with these license terms is not a breach of the confidentiality obligation.
13.4.3. Disclosure of data or other information to persons according to point 5.5(f) of the license terms is also not a breach of the confidentiality obligation.
13.5 Delivery is governed by the provisions of the service agreement.
13.6 In the event of a conflict between the provisions of these license terms and the provisions of the license agreement, the electronic communication agreement, or the service agreement, the provisions in the following order take precedence:
a) for provisions related to license terms (the right to use MetriQ): 1. provisions of the license agreement (including these license terms), 2. provisions of the electronic communication agreement, 3. provisions of the service agreement,
b) for provisions related to electronic communication (including the exchange and confirmation of electronic documents): 1. provisions of the electronic communication agreement, 2. provisions of the license agreement (including these license terms), 3. provisions of the service agreement,
c) for other provisions related to the execution of the order: 1. provisions of the service agreement, 2. provisions of the electronic communication agreement, 3. provisions of the license agreement (including these license terms). If any of the agreements are not concluded, their order is disregarded.
13.7 If any provisions of these license terms are valid only in part or later become invalid, the validity of the other provisions is not affected. Instead of the invalid provisions, the regulation that most closely approximates the meaning and purpose of these license terms will be applied.
13.8 If the user directly confirms familiarity with these license terms (especially by clicking such an option within the MetriQ web interface after logging in), who does not have the status of the licensee, by expressing such familiarity, they agree to comply with these license terms to the extent that they apply to their user role (i.e., user, administrator).
14. Governing Law and Jurisdiction in Relation to These License Terms
14.1 In the event of a conflict between two legal systems, the governing law is the law of the Czech Republic.
14.2 The courts of the Czech Republic have jurisdiction to hear disputes arising from these license terms.
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN CZ s.r.o. in Czech Republic valid from 1.1.2019
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN CZ s.r.o. in the Czech Republic
valid from 1.1.2019
Article I
Introductory Provisions
1.1 The present General Terms and Conditions (“GTC“) govern the relationship between HOLLEN CZ s. r. o., with its Registered Office at Jiráskova 528/51, Mladá Boleslav, 293 01, the Czech Republic, Corporate ID (IČ): 28978013, VAT ID: CZ 28978013, registered in the Commercial Register maintained by Prague, Municipal Court, Section: C, Registration File No.: 157357, represented by Ing. Martin Liška, (the “Service Provider“) and the legal entity ordering any of the services defined in Article III of these GTC (the “Client“), except where the Service Provider and Client concluded a separate agreement for services under which the applicability of these GTC is excluded.
Article II
Definitions of Terms
2.1 Client – legal person ordering services from the Service Provider according to these GTC.
2.2 Service Provider – legal person providing services according to these GTC (i.e. HOLLEN CZ s.r.o.).
2.3 Final Customer – legal entity for whom components being the subject matter of services provided according to these GTC are designated; Final Customer and Client may be the same legal person.
2.4 Supplier – third party supplying the Service Provider with components and parts employed in delivery of the services provided according to these GTC.
2.5 Component – component, goods, semi-product, material or any combination thereof that is the subject matter of the services provided according to these GTC.
2.6 Order – document through which the Client orders the execution of a particular task and which is prepared, delivered and signed in conformance with Article IV of these GTC. Acceptance of an Order by the Service Provider in conformance with Article IV of these GTC shall constitute a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client.
2.7 Contract – a contract agreed by accepting the order on the part of the Service Provider in accordance with the GTC.
2.8 Person responsible for Work Procedure – Responsible person on Client’s side (in particular Quality Department Staff) appointed for the relevant Task in the Order; Final Customer’s representative may also act in such a capacity if so decided by the Client and such person’s actions are directly binding for the Client under these GTC.
2.9 Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet – any person appointed by the Client in the Order to sign the Worksheet
2.10 Quality department Staff – a person authorized by the Client specified for each Task in the Order; this person can be based on the decision of the Client also a person of the Final Customer, the acting of which obliges however according to these GTC directly the Client.
2.11 Service Provider’s Staff – employees or other cooperating persons (individuals – operators of trades; legal persons) of the Service Provider or its subcontractors providing the services to the Client under these GTC on behalf of the Service Provider such as, without limitation, operators, technicians, residents, coordinators.
2.12 Technician – Service Provider’s responsible person assigned to a relevant Task in the Order.
2.13 Work Procedure – written key operating document containing a detailed description of individual steps performed on Components that are the subject matter of the execution of a Task.
2.14 Worksheet – document confirming the type and scope of the provided Services and serving as the underlying document for invoicing purposes.
2.15 8D – customary procedure used in the automotive industry as a standard method for the improvement of the quality of production and for addressing assorted issues, including complaints.
Article III
Services
3.1 Services provided according to these GTC include, without limitation:
a) services in the area of assurance of the quality of production and/or processes including, in particular, inspection of Components associated with sorting activities and corrective actions and additional modifications, if any;
b) any other services associated with assurance of the quality of Components including, without limitation, production support, shop works, logistics and assistance services (hereafter being referred to as the “Services”).
3.2 Particular type and scope of the provided Services are described in the contract/Order.
3.3 The Client recognizes his obligation to pay the Service Provider a compensation for the provided services in accordance with the GTC and the Specific Contracts/Orders.
Article IV
Placing Orders for Services
4.1 Services under these GTC are provided under individual contracts or specific, mutually confirmed Orders; in the case of specific Orders, a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client is established upon the acceptance by the Service Provider of the Client’s Order made out according to these GTC by the Client. These GTC are an integral part of any contractual relationship established according to the preceding sentence.
4.2 Orders must be placed in writing either in documentary hard copy or electronic forms and must be delivered:
a) electronically (in particular by e-mail having as its attachment a scanned copy of the Order in paper form, or an electronic file signed with electronic signature allowing for clear and unambiguous identification of the person acting on behalf of the Client);
b) or by hand.
4.2.1 The following particulars must be specified in Orders:
a) identification of the Component(s) that are to be the subject of the Services provided in execution of a particular Task,
b) definition and description of the ordered Services, including definitions of individual quantifiable units relating to the ordered Services (such as quantity, time) as far as possible for the particular Service,
c) identification of the place of execution of the Task
d) specification of the date of commencement of execution of a particular Task,
e) assignment of a specific Technician to a particular Task,
f) specification of the price of the ordered Services;
g) name, surname (perhaps even title/position) of the person signing the Order for the Client;
4.2.2 Orders may also contain the following information:
a) estimated date of termination of the provision of Services;
b) appointment of the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet,
c) appointment of the Person responsible for Work Procedure,
d) appointment of the Client’s Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters (person competent to secure the settlement of invoices),
e) request that the Service Provider provides specific equipment (Article 5.7 of these GTC);
f) requirement for the form and frequency of furnishing partial Worksheets (Article 9.4 of these GTC);
g) Work Procedure (Article 5.1 of these GTC),
h) definition of special costs the Client will pay to the Service Provider
i) Order Number;
j) requirement to be provided with a hard copy of the invoice,
k) appointment of the person to whom the electronic invoice is to be delivered
l) other requests, conditions and arrangements, if any
4.2.3 Order (or its attachment) may also include the appointment of more than one Quality department staff or Persons responsible for Work Procedure and the assignment of individual powers/authorization resulting from these GTC to each of them (e.g. right to sign the Work Procedure or any amendments thereto, right to handle complaints, etc.).
4.3 Orders will be preferentially placed on order forms created by the Service Provider for that purpose. The Service Provider will fill in the order form according to the information and supporting documentation furnished by the Client and will subsequently send it to the Client. The Client, after filling in any missing details, will mail the signed binding Order to the Service Provider. For a contractual relationship to be established, the Service Provider must subsequently accept the Order through its signature by the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.2 of these GTC). Accepted Orders (just like contracts) will become binding on both Contracting Parties upon due delivery of the accepted (i.e. duly signed by both Contracting Parties) Order by the Service Provider to the Client pursuant to Article 4.7 of these GTC.
4.4 Subject to its own discretion, the Service Provider may also accept Orders placed otherwise than according to Article 4.3 of these GTC (in particular orders placed on Client’s own order forms), provided that such Orders will contain at least the mandatory required elements according to Article 4.2.1 of these GTC.
4.4.1 If, in any Order pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC, only the statement pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h of these GTC is missing, the Service Provider is still authorized to accept that Order, provided that the contractual relationship established pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC will become valid and effective only upon delivery of additional declaration pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h of these GTC which must be in the written form (Article 4.2 of these GTC shall apply accordingly); the Contracting Parties must make such declaration prior to commencement of the execution of the Task, otherwise no contract will be established.
4.5 The Client’s Order will be deemed properly delivered, if delivered to the Service Provider:
a) in documentary form in the hands of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.2 of these GTC), or
b) by e-mail sent to the Technician’s e-mail address specified in the order form the Service Provider sent to the Client or
c) to the same Service Provider’s address from which the order form pursuant to Article 4.3 of these GTC has been sent or
d) in the case of an Order placed pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC, by e-mail sent to the address of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.2 of these GTC).
4.6 The Accepted Order is deemed duly and properly delivered if delivered:
a) in documentary form, in the hands of any Client’s contact person, or
b) by e-mail sent to the e-mail address of the Client’s person having signed the Order on Client’s side as specified in the Order, or
c) by e-mail sent to Client´s person defined in 10.1 of these GTC or
d) in the case of an Order placed pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC, by e-mail sent to the address from which the Order has been dispatched from the Client’s side.
4.7 The Service Provider has no obligation to accept any binding order placed by the Client. Any binding Order not accepted and delivered to the Client within 48 hours of its delivery to the Service Provider ceases to be valid.
4.8 If, after the conclusion of a contract/contractual relationship pursuant to this Article, the Client places another Order for identical Services, this shall be deemed a legally non-binding order made solely for the Client’s internal needs (e.g. SAP ERP) even if the Service Provider confirms such an Order; i.e. such additional Order will not amend or supersede the original contractual relationship and shall be deemed exclusively an internal document of the Client; this shall not apply in the case of explicit cancellation or explicit modification of the original Order, provided that such cancellation or modification of the Order is unambiguously, incontestably and directly stated in the later Order with a reference to the original provisions that are being cancelled/modified, or to the entire original Order identified by a concrete date (to cancel a previous Order only a general statement to the effect that the new Order supersedes all prior agreements, or any other similar provision will not be deemed sufficient).
4.9 The modification of an Order may be executed in particular by placing of a new Order, the provisions of these GTC shall apply accordingly, or by an agreement of the Contracting parties on the subject of the modification. The following terms of the execution of a Task may be modified by reciprocally approved e-mail:
a) length of a Task,
b) expansion of a Task to other Components,
c) limitation of a total volume/value of a Task, even upwards (increasing),
d) change/expansion of the place of execution,
e) change/introduction of surcharges pursuant to these GTC, that were originally excluded.
4.9.1 The modification of an Order shall always be recorded in writing (hard copy, email) and the subject of the change of an Order may be agreed by Client’s and Service Provider’s:
a) person, who has signed the original Order,
b) person, who has replaced the person listed in letter a in a position originally held by the person listed in letter a or
c) person superior to persons listed in letters a or b (e. g. superior manager, statutory representative, etc.)
4.9.2 Newly agreed terms shall be applicable from the moment specified in an Order and if such moment is not specified, from Service Provider’s acceptance of the Order. Unless otherwise stated in a new Order, the provisions of a previous Order shall apply on the foregoing services provided under the Task.
4.10 Any reference in the subsequent Articles to an Order shall be deemed reference to an Order accepted by both parties and functioning as a separate contract.
Article V
Execution of Task
5.1 A detailed description of the execution of each Task must be included in the Work Procedure prepared and signed jointly by a Technician and a Person responsible for Work Procedure, unless the Work Procedure has been annexed to the Order.
5.2 The Service Provider’s responsible worker coordinates the execution of a Task according to the Work Procedure.
5.3 Changes in the Work Procedure, if any, must be made
a) in the form of amendment to the Work Procedure or
b) by a preparation of updated full text of the Work Procedure. The change according to previous sentence must be made in a written form and shall be signed by the Technician and the Person responsible for Work Procedure. The amendment or updated full text of the Work Procedure pursuant to the first sentence must contain a description of the change and information about the precise time of its approval and/or the time when it is to become effective.
5.4 To ensure due and proper execution of a Task, the Service Provider undertakes to secure a sufficient number of its staff (possessing the abilities, knowledge, efficiency and skills required for the given Task) who will execute the Task.
5.5 The Technician is the Service Provider’s responsible person for matters relating to the Task and shall, without limitation:
a) be responsible for execution and realization of the Task,
b) coordinates work of other workers of the Service Provider who take part in the Task execution,
c) participate in preparation of the Work Procedure pursuant to these GTC and sign the same on the Service Provider’s behalf (including any amendments thereto), unless set out otherwise in these GTC,
d) prepare Worksheets and partial Worksheets,
e) engage in activities comprising quality assurance for the provided Services, and in the complaint handling procedure pursuant to Article XIII of these GTC,
f) act as the Service Provider’s point of contact for receipt of any suggestions, comments or requests relating to the Task; the Technician must receive information about any organizational changes relating to the execution of the Task , or obstacles preventing due and proper execution of any Task without delay,
g) contact the Person responsible for Work Procedure as and when needed, in particular for requesting any required collaboration.
5.6 Unless agreed otherwise between the Client and the Service Provider, the Service Provider shall secure basic equipment and accessories, tools and working material required for the execution of the Task (e.g. marking pens, stickers, identification labels, pens, sheets of paper, forms, tapes and other materials as may be required), as well as any equipment required to secure safety and protection of health at the workplace, all of the preceding in the customary scope and quantity (hereinafter jointly “Basic Work Aids”).
5.7 The Service Provider and Client may agree that the former shall also secure other work equipment or tools, such as desks, lighting fixtures, binding devices etc. (the “Above Standard Aids”), otherwise they are to be secured by the Client. The corresponding agreement with detailed description/listing of the Above Standard Aids to be secured must be specified in the Order.
Article VI
Place of execution of Task
6.1 Services according to these GTC are performed mainly in the Client’s premises, or in the Final Customer’s premises or on the Service Provider’s premises. The exact place of execution of the Task and the costs associated with such place, if any, must be specified in each of the Orders.
6.2 The Client is obliged to provide the Service Provider’s staff involved in the performance of any particular Task with access to the place of execution of the Task, if located in the Client’s, Final Customer’ premises and to provide them with the required means (identification cards, chips, name tags, etc.).
6.3 The Client is obliged to secure appropriate premises for the performance of the Services and activities related to the performance of the Services (such as supply and removal of materials) and to equip such premises with appropriate equipment/devices allowing an efficient performance of the subject of these GTC.
6.4 It will be the Client’s responsibility to ensure that the place of execution of the Task meets all the requirements set out in applicable legal regulations, in particular those dealing with occupational safety and health and fire protection.
6.5 It is the Client’s obligation to explain to the Technician the internal norms regulating the occupational safety and fire protection applicable to the location where the services are provided. The Client is also obliged to introduce and explain any additional regulations that apply to the location and which must be observed during the Task fulfilment (“Internal Norms”). The Technician must be duly acquainted with the norms before the fulfilment of the first Order in the particular location starts, and consequently re-acquainted in case of any changes in the Internal Norms of the Client; this must take place without undue delay. A written record of acquaintance of the Technician with the Internal Norms is made. If no such record is made, the Service Provider bears no responsibility for breaching the respective Internal Norm(s), he has not been acquainted with in written form, in accordance with this article of the GTC.
6.6 Following the procedure described in article 6.5 of these GTC, it is the Technician’s duty to share the Internal Norms with all collaborating staff providing the services at the location. The Internal Norms must be passed to the respective staff member before he starts working at the location. The provisions of Articles 6.5 and 6.6 also apply to any changes of the Internal Norms.
6.7 The Service Provider is responsible for securing the observance of the Internal Norms by his staff with which the Technician has duly been acquainted in accordance with the Article 6.5 of the GTC.
Article VII
Time of Execution of Task
7.1 The Service Provider undertakes to secure that the execution of any Task will commence at the time agreed upon in the Order, otherwise in the customary time, considering the location and accessibility of the place of execution of the Task.
7.1.1 Compliance of the Service Provider with the time of commencement of execution of the Task is conditional upon receiving the required collaboration to be provided by the Client pursuant to Article VIII of these GTC.
7.2 The Duration of the performance of Services in hours will be continuously recorded in the Worksheet prepared by the Technician of the Service Provider and confirmed by the Responsible person authorized by the Client to sign the Worksheet. (Article 9.3 of these GTC); the provision of Article 10.5 these GTC is not affected by this procedure.
7.3 The Duration of the performance of Services is to be recorded in the Worksheet which will also include the time required for:
a) management and execution of logistics operations,
b) packaging and associated organisational arrangements (e.g. ensuring compliance with the packaging regulation),
c) informing the Technician and other Service Provider’s staff with internal regulations effective in a place of execution of the Task and possible changes of these regulations,
d) idle times not caused by Service Provider’s staff,
e) periods of time corresponding to duration of statutory breaks (e.g. lunch breaks),
f) time required for organizational arrangements in support of Tasks (including meetings with departments for the purpose of execution of the Task),
g) preparation of partial Worksheets (Article 9.4 of these GTC), reports and final documentation for any Task,
h) provision of photo documentation (e.g. in order to record the quality of controlled Components or other parts).
Article VIII
Client’s Collaboration
8.1 The Client is required to provide all the collaboration required for the execution of any Task to the Service Provider without limitation, such as:
a) to provide all specialized technical information that may be required for due and proper performance of Services;
b) to provide the Components that are to be the subject of the Services and/or to provide access to such Components;
c) to provide access to the place of execution of the Task;
d) to secure work ambience that is in conformance with the applicable legal regulations dealing with occupational safety and health;
e) to give any required additional instructions and clarifications of requirements relating to any particular Task;
f) to secure work aids, tools and other equipment not provided by the Service Provider;
g) to provide additional collaboration required under the provisions of these GTC (e.g. Articles 5.1 , 6.3 , 7.2 );
h) to provide any collaboration, in particular as and when requested.
8.2 If the Client fails to provide the required collaboration pursuant to the preceding section, the Service Provider will be entitled to discontinue the performance of Services.
8.3 If the provision of Services is discontinued due to failure of the Client to provide the required collaboration, the Service Provider will not be deemed defaulting with the provision of Services while collaboration pursuant to Article 8.2 of these GTC is not being provided, and will not be liable for any damage occurring in causal relationship with such discontinuation; in such a case, the duration of discontinuation of the performance of services is deemed idle time not caused by the Service Provider’s staff pursuant to Article 7.3 letter d of these GTC. For this idle time the Service Provider is entitled to compensation in full amount as if there has no such idle time been.
8.4 If the Client does not specify any Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters in the Order, the Client will have the obligation to notify such staff member to the Service Provider in a provable manner within 10 days after signing of the Order.
8.5 The provisions of this Article shall also apply accordingly to the Final Customer (eventually also to other third party), if any Task is executed either on the Final Customer’s premises or with the involvement of Components in the possession of the Final Customer; in such cases, the Client will be required to secure the Final Customer’s (or other third party’s) collaboration in the required extent (in particular according to the provisions of this Article) and will be liable for any non-collaboration by the Final Customer as if the collaboration had been refused by the Client itself.
8.6 The Client shall inform the Service Provider in a specific and demonstrable way (for instance in the Order, Work Procedure, etc.) that a Task concerns the Components, which in the automotive industry are regarded as safety components or components with special features (e.g. safety features), usually distinctively labeled or labeled in a documentation i. e. D/TLD-characteristics or ESD (hereafter as “Safety Component“) and take this situation into account in the Work Procedure, so that the Work Procedure would correspond to the fact that the Safety Component is being handled. If the Client fails to inform the Service Provider, the component shall not be considered a safety component for the purpose of the Task and the Service Provider shall not be liable for the consequences that may arise (i. e. improper handling or storage) and the Client is not entitled to set up any claim(s) originating from or related to the fact that the Component has actually been a Safety Component. The Client shall be solely liable for the deficiencies in the Work Procedure related to the handling of the Safety Component.
Article IX
Worksheet and Partial Worksheets
9.1 The Technician will prepare a Worksheet concerning the provided Services.
9.1.1 The Worksheet must include the number of hours of performance of Services by all Service Provider’s staff or the number of other measurable units quantifying the provision of Services, as long as these were defined in the Order (Article 4.2.1 letter b of these GTC.
9.1.2 The Worksheet may also include:
a) a list and quantities of Components that were the subject of Services and/or type of the provided Services,
b) information about the number of identified faulty Components, and the number of repaired Components,
c) number of Service Provider’s staff involved in the performance of Services,
d) remuneration for the provided Services,
e) other facts/information as may be demonstrably agreed upon between the Technician and the Person responsible for Work Procedure or the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet.
9.2 The Worksheet will be prepared after the execution of a Task or upon termination of a complete period (e.g. a week, 2 weeks period or a month, especially if the execution of a Task extends beyond 14 days). The Service Provider shall determine the frequency of preparation of the Worksheets, unless it is stated in the Order. Subject to demonstrable agreement between the Client and Service Provider, Worksheets may also be prepared at other mutually agreed times.
9.3 Worksheets confirmed by the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet (Article 4.2.2 letter d of these GTC) shall serve as the underlying document for invoicing purposes; if the Client named no such person in the Order, the person referred to in Article 10.5 of these GTC shall confirm the Worksheet by signature. The Client’s person confirming the Worksheet shall also state his/her name, surname and position and/or title opposite to his/her signature. The Client’s person that is supposed to confirm a Worksheet prepared by the Service Provider according to the Client’s internal distribution of powers shall either confirm, or comment on the Worksheet within three (3) days after the date of receipt of the Worksheet by the Client and shall do so either by means of electronic message, letter. If the Client provides no comment(s) on the Worksheet, the Worksheet is deemed approved also if it has not been approved at all in the above period (i.e. fiction of approval will apply). Worksheets will also be deemed approved if the Service Provider duly incorporates all the Client’s comments, such approval taking effect upon dispatching the revised new Worksheet.
9.4 Upon the Client’s request, the Service Provider may also prepare partial Worksheets containing data as requested by the Client and will be prepared in a form and/or at times as requested by the Client; nonetheless, the Service Provider will have the obligation to prepare partial Worksheets only if this is requested in the Order (Article 4.2.2 letter f of these GTC). Partial Worksheets shall not serve as underlying documents for invoicing purposes and serve only for the Client’s needs.
Article X
Authorized Persons
10.1 The following persons on the Client side are authorized to issue and sign orders:
a) Statutory representative or a designated Chief Clerk of the Client,
b) A person with written authorization issued by a person from section a); the Client must provide the authorization to the Service Provider;
c) Other staff of the Client’s functional departments (e.g. Logistics, Quality, Development, Purchasing and others) which are individually designated to perform this Task by the Client.
10.2 The Service Provider’s persons authorized to sign Orders are:
a) Service Provider’s Statutory Representative(s),
b) Service Provider’s Chief Clerk, if appointed;
c) Head of the Service Provider’s branch,
d) Technicians, each of them individually.
10.3 Each of the contracting parties can, by means of unilateral written notice signed by the statutory representative of the notifying party, provide a list of Authorized Persons different from Paragraphs 10.1 and 10.2 , respectively. The change is effective with the delivery of the notice and a specific amendment of the GTC is not required.
10.4 If the Client’s Order does not designate a particular staff of the Quality Department as a person responsible for a Work Procedure, the authorization to act on behalf of the Client is provided to all staff working on the Client side (above all Client’s staff or collaborating persons); this may include the Final Customer or another third person on the Client side, provided that such a third person participates in the Task actively (e. g. cooperation) or passively (e.g. control, handover). The rank of such worker must be equivalent or higher to the worker responsible for quality. The Service Provider has no obligation to examine authorization limits of the Client staff, therefore the actions of the staff are in their full extent binding for the Client. The only exception is when the Service Provider was demonstrably aware that a staff member is exceeding the authorization limits, but failed to report this situation to the Client without undue delay.
10.4.1 The Client has the right to notify to the Service Provider, at any time and in a provable manner, the missing contact information pertaining to the Person responsible for Work Procedure, as well as to notify any changes in such information; The identity of the person making the notification on behalf of the Client must be clearly stated in the notification.
10.5 The provisions of Article 10.4 of these GTC shall also apply accordingly to the Responsible person on the side of the Client authorized to sign Worksheets (Article 4.2.2 letter b) of these GTC) if not named in the Order.
Article XI
Compensation for Provided Services
11.1 For the provided Services, the Client undertakes to pay the Service Provider a compensation at an amount as agreed upon in the Order with potential surcharges and costs resulting from these GTC, unless otherwise agreed in the Order.
11.2 VAT at the statutory rate will be added to the compensation. Compensation will be invoiced according to the actual number of hours and/or other quantifiable units (Article 4.2.1 letter b of these GTC) at which the Services were provided and as specified in a confirmed Worksheet in conformance with the provisions of this Article.
11.3 Surcharges to the basic hourly remuneration as agreed in an Order for Services performed:
a) at night-time 25%,
b) on Saturdays (00.00 h – 24.00 h) 50%,
c) on Sundays and other non-working days e.g. public holidays (00.00 h – 24.00 h) 100%.
The following time periods of a week shall be deemed to be at night time – Mon.: 00.00 –
06.00 h; 22.00 – 06.00 h of the next day, Tu. – Th.: 22.00 – 06.00 h of the next day, Fri.:
22.00 – 24.00 h.
The Service Provider is entitled to surcharges according to this Section also in the absence of specific agreement to that effect in an Order. If the surcharges are agreed in an Order in a different amount or are excluded, the provisions of the Order shall apply. If any of the time periods falls within several surcharges pursuant to letter a – c of this Article (e.g. public holidays on Saturday), surcharges shall be paid only once at a higher rate.
11.4 In addition to the compensation for performed Services, the Client will be required to compensate the Service Provider for specific costs, if any, as agreed in an Order.
Article XII
Terms of Payment, Invoicing and Sanctions
12.1 Compensation for the provided Services will be payable under invoices the Service Provider will make out according to Orders and/or Worksheets:
a) upon the execution of a Task, or
b) after the end of any given month for Services provided in that month, or
c) after the end of a calendar week if the amount of compensation for Services performed in that calendar week exceeds EUR 2,000.-.
12.2 Invoices will be due and payable within 14 days after the date of their delivery to the Client, unless a different maturity date is specified in the invoice. If a maturity date earlier than that set out in this Section is specified in any invoice, the maturity specified in this Section will be decisive in the case of the Client’s delay in settlement of an invoice.
12.3 By placing an Order with the Service Provider (Article IV of these GTC), the Client consents to making out its invoice in an electronic form. However, the Service Provider is entitled to send an invoice in a paper form instead of an electronic form, in particular if the Service Provider does not have an e-mail address for the delivery of electronic invoices.
12.3.1 The Service Provider will mail invoices preferably to the Client’s person having placed the Order, or to the person the Client named in the Order; nonetheless, invoices may be mailed also to the Client’s general e-mail address as known to the Service Provider or as specified on the Client’s web page, in particular if the invoice is returned as undelivered from the addresses referred to in the first part of the sentence before the semicolon, or if no notification confirming the receipt is returned from such addresses.
12.4 Invoices must comply with all the requirements for a tax invoice, they must be made out in conformance with the provisions of these GTC and must be properly delivered to the Client.
12.5 Invoices must be accompanied with copies of relevant Worksheets confirmed according to the provisions of these GTC evidencing the legitimacy of invoicing.
12.6 The Client, if delaying in the settlement of any invoice, will be required to pay to the Service Provider a statutory late payment interest of the invoiced amount for each started day of delay.
Article XIII
Guarantee of Quality and Liability for Defects
13.1 The Service Provider holds Integrated Management System Certificates ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015, and BS OHSAS 18001:2007, that are a guarantee of the quality of the provided Services. The Service Provider undertakes to perform Services with due professional care and at a quality guaranteed under the above Certificates.
13.2 To ensure proper quality of Services, the Service Provider undertakes to carry out continuous monitoring of the Services and if any obstacles on the Client’s side hindering the achievement of the proper quality of the provided Services are identified, the Service Provider shall notify without delay such fact (primarily through the Technician) to the Person responsible for Work Procedure ; if the Technician conveys such information verbally, he will be required to re-send the information to the Person responsible for Work Procedure by e-mail, if the required contact information is specified in the Order or notified by the Client to the Service Provider pursuant to Article 10.4.1 of these GTC. The Person responsible for Work Procedure will also be authorized to monitor the quality of the provided Services; if doubts about the quality of the provided Services arise, the Person responsible for Work Procedure will notify such fact without delay to the Technician. The Technician, after having consulted and confirmed such doubts concerning the quality of the provided Services with the Person responsible for Work Procedure may order a repeated check of the quality of the Components associated with removal of the identified defects, if any, whereof a written record will be prepared to be signed by the Technician and the Person responsible for Work Procedure. If the repeated check of quality reveals faulty performance of Services, the Service Provider will not be entitled to any compensation for the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check. If no faulty performance is revealed by the repeated check, the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check recorded in a Worksheet will be deemed time of provision of Services for which the Service Provider will be entitled to a compensation in the same amount as for the provision of Services according to the relevant Order in line with the provisions of these GTC.
13.3 If it is revealed after the Services will have been performed, and in any case during the first incorporation of Components into relevant equipment whose first direct part is a Component (such as a larger component, system component, module, integrated module, automobile, etc.) at the latest, that the Services have not been provided at the guaranteed quality, the Client will be required to notify the identified defects in the provided Services in writing and demonstrably to the Service Provider (the “Complaint”) without undue delay and in any case within 2 days after the Client has become aware of the relevant defect, otherwise the Client’s right to enforce any claim(s) under the liability for defects in the provided Services will cease to exist after the lapse of the above period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to make a Complaint will cease to exist in any case after 6 months after the provision of Services to which the Complaint relates. Failure to make a Complaint in accordance with this Article relieves the Service Provider from liability for any damage preventable (at least theoretically) by making the Complaint and its processing by the Service Provider.
13.4 The Service Provider will not be liable for defects occurring as a result of:
a) improper or incorrect handling of the subject of performance of Service by a person other than the Service Provider after the Service has been performed,
b) the fact that the Service Provider marked the subject of Services, or any of its part, as unfit for use and/or not meeting the requirements resulting from the Work Procedure and the Client (or a Client’s person, such as the Final Customer) has released such item for subsequent use and/or in further circulation despite such fact,
c) defects/insufficiencies in the Work Procedure which, nonetheless, have been approved by the Client,
d) hidden defects according to the Civil Code
e) non-compliance with obligation to label the Component as a Safety Component pursuant to Article 8.6 of these GTC,
f) a Force Majeure event; for the purposes of these GTC, a Force Majeure event is deemed (without limitation) a war, invasion, acts of foreign adversary, foreign adverse acts, civil war, mutiny, acts of civil disobedience, consequences of military or usurping powers, confiscation or nationalization, industrial incidents, natural disasters, protracted power failures, crisis and/or other emergency circumstance(s); however, events such as, without limitation, shortage of qualified labour force, non-performance of obligations by persons cooperating with the Contracting Parties, unfavourable economic situation of a Contracting Party will not be deemed Force Majeure events.
13.5 The Client will be required to provide the Service Provider with all the necessary collaboration (particularly, but not limited to the Service Provider’s request) required in the process of verification of a Complaint; in particular, the Client is required to provide photographic evidence, background documentation, records of communication, data held by the Client or Final Customer and relating, or that may be relating to the Complaint and/or the Service being the subject matter of the Complaint.
13.5.1 Breach of the obligation of the Client referred to in Article 13.5 of these GTC will result in voiding of any entitlements under defects about which the Complaint has been made.
13.6 The processing of any Complaint must commence without undue delay after its placing and not later than within 10 business days, and the Complaint must be resolved in the shortest possible time. The Service Provider undertakes to either acknowledge or dismiss a Complaint within 30 days of its placing. The period in accordance with the previous sentence shall be extended by the time the Service Provider is not able to process the Complaint due to a request of collaboration pursuant to Article 13.5 of these GTC (i.e. by the time passing from the request of collaboration to its provision).
13.6.1 If a Compliant is legitimate The Client is entitled to an adequate discount on the price invoiced for a Task; this applies only if the Service Provider fails to notify the Client, on the basis of the Complaint within the period for acknowledgement or dismissal of the Complaint (Article 13.6 of these GTC), that he will ensure a free removal of identified defects. The Service Provider has a right to choose how the Complaint should be resolved. If the Service Provider removes the defect free of charge, the Client is not entitled to an adequate discount.
13.6.2 If a Complaint concerning Services for handling or control of Components is legitimate, the Service Provider is entitled to require the re-delivery, and the Client is obliged to comply with the request of re-delivery, of all Components subject of the provision of Services about which the Complaint has been made (except the Components demonstrably incorporated into a thing the Components are part of), in a way that enables the Service Provider to remove the complained defects free of charge from other Components in order to avoid possible damage; the breach of this obligation by the Client results in a lapse of Client’s right to enforce any claim(s) under the liability for defects or under the liability for damage.
13.6.3 The Client is entitled, in exceptional cases, to secure the removal of a defect by a third party at the expense of the Service Provider, however, for reimbursement of the costs thus incurred by the Service Provider, the following requirements must be met:
a) the Client has made properly and in time in written form in accordance with these GTC a Complaint of defects of execution by the Service provider and the Service Provider has not taken a chance to handle the Complaint or has failed to resolve the Complaint within the period of time according to these GTC or within the period of time agreed in a separate written agreement with the Client.
b) the Client has allowed the Service Provider to perform the control of the result of a Task (in particular by a repeated control of the parts to which the Task relates),
c) repeated sorting/repair/or another service provided by a third party removing the defect is executed to a comparable extent as a Task to which the removal of a defect relates to (in particular in terms of time consumption, Work procedure and costs compared to the price of the Task), and relevant documents demonstrating this comparable extent have been submitted to the Service Provider.
d) The Client and the Service Provider may provably and in writing agree on a different terms of the reimbursement of costs according to this Article.
13.7 If the Client routinely uses 8D-Report, the Service Provider shall provide to the Client an 8D-Report according to 8D time limits on Client’s request.
13.8 If a written record of the manner of handling of a Complaint is made, such report must be signed by the Client and the Service Provider’s authorized person referred to in (Article 10.1 of these GTC) and the person authorized by the Client (Article 10.2 of these GTC). The Client has the right to include any comments or positions in the written report.
13.9 In the written report on the manner of handling of a Complaint, the Contracting Parties are always free to also agree on an alternative manner of handling and/or resolution of a Complaint.
Article XIV
Ownership of Components; Liability for Damages and Compensation for Damages
14.1 The Service Provider shall not become the owner of Components received for the purpose of the execution of a Task.
14.2 The Service Provider shall be liable for any culpable conduct by its staff resulting in any damage to, loss or destruction of Components received by the Service Provider from the Client (and/or Final Customer) for the purpose of the execution of a Task, if such conduct occurs in the course of the execution of a Task; however, the Service Provider will not be liable for such culpable conduct if such damage to, loss or destruction of Components would occur regardless of such culpable conduct, or where a conduct was concerned through which the Service Provider’s staff averted a direct threat for which the staff was not responsible, or if the damage was caused in defence against an imminent or continuing attack. The Service Provider shall not be liable for damages in the cases specified by the law (e.g. if the breach of obligations was caused by circumstances excluding liability).
14.3 If damage occurs for which the Service Provider is liable pursuant to section 14.2 of these GTC, the damage shall be corrected through restoration in the original condition or pecuniary compensation, as the Service Provider may decide.
14.4 Limits of compensation
14.4.1 The Service Provider shall be liable for the damages caused by his defective performance and not rectified as a part of the Complaint resolution, which has been made in accordance with these GTC. If the Client has not provided the Service Provider with Components for control on his request in accordance with the Article 13.6.2 of these GTC, the Client is not entitled to claim damage resulting from this unrealized control or the damage that could have been prevented by such free control.
14.4.2 The Service Provider shall also be liable for any damage caused, while performing his activities, to the Client’s assets other than referred to in Article 14.4.1 of these GTC.
14.4.3 If entitlement to a compensation for damages occurs, the Service Provider shall make a claim against his insurance company for the indemnity payments due to an event of a covered loss.
14.4.4 The Service Provider will compensate for full damages maximum up to the indemnity payment received by the Service Provider from the insurance company or provided to him by his insurance company under the liability insurance concluded between the Service Provider and his insurance company. The compensation for damage is bound to suspensive condition of the above stated indemnity payment by the insurance company. If the insurance company remits the indemnity payment to the Service Provider and not directly to the Client, the Service Provider shall allocate the received indemnity payment within 15 days of the day the Service Provider has received such payment from his insurance company and the Client has specified in a demonstrable way the account number where the compensation for damages should be paid.
14.4.5 If, for any reason, an insurance company fails to remit the indemnity payment due to an event of a covered loss within 6 months of the day the Service Provider has claimed it, the Service Provider undertakes to provide the Client with the payment under the liability for damage maximum up to the amount of the value of a Task to which the damage relates, while in a case of Tasks the execution of which extends beyond 1 month, the value of a Task shall be determined as the average of the Task’s values (invoiced amounts) for the last 6 months of the execution of the Task (or for the months of duration of the Task, if the Task lasts more than a month but less than 6 months), unless otherwise agreed in the Order. The provision of Article 14.4.4 of these GTC shall not be affected, i. e. if the Service Provider’s insurance company remits the indemnity payment after the Service Provider has compensated the damage in accordance with the first sentence of this Article, the Client is entitled to indemnity payment in an amount that equals to a difference between the indemnity payment and the payment received in accordance with the first sentence of this Article; if the Client received more than he has been entitled to (in particular as a result of a direct payment from the insurance company), the difference must be returned to the Service Provider.
14.4.6 If the insurance company, for whatever reason, has refused to remit the indemnity payment, the amount of payment set out in Article 14.4.5 of these GTC shall be deemed as the limit of compensation.
14.4.7 Provable fault of the Service Provider is a prerequisite for the entitlement to a compensation for damages against the Service Provider. The Client and the Service provider undertakes to provide to each other any necessary collaboration, in particular collaboration requested by other party (including the provision of any necessary documentation), so a) it would be possible to claim incurred damage under the Service Provider’s insurance, b) the Service Provider’s liability would be apparent without any doubts; if this obligation of colaboration is breached, any periods related to the compensation for damage shall be prolonged by the time of delay with its compliance. The collaboration in accordance with this Article also concerns taking actions to minimize the damage.
14.4.8 The Service Provider is in any case entitled to compensate the damage by restitution to the original state. The Client is not entitled to deny this right to the Service Provider, otherwise the Service Provider shall not be liable for damage.
14.4.9 If the Service Provider is liable for damages together with other persons (proportional liability), the Service Provider shall be liable for damages to the Client only according to the extent of his liability. If there is a reasonable and demonstrable doubt about the infliction of damage by the Service Provider, the entitlement to compensation for damage is not established.
14.4.10 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these GTC, only real tangible damage shall be compensated and the Client is not entitled to the compensation for intangible damage (e.g. damage to reputation, goodwill, know-how etc.) or the compensation for lost profits, fines, penalties, originated debts or default interests. The Client is also not entitled to the compensation for damage caused to third parties that the Client would like to recover from the Service Provider under his right of recourse.
14.4.11 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these GTC, the maximum amount of compensation for damage from one damage event shall be 100,000 € (one hundred thousand euros), if the parties do not agree otherwise in written form.
Article XV
Service of Documents, Confidentiality of Information and Confidentiality Obligation
15.1 Any notices, requests, demands, requests for consent or any other communication served by one Contracting Party to the other in e-mail or documentary forms shall require a response from the other Contracting Party in the same or similar manner, i.e. response must be made also in e-mail or documentary form allowing for unambiguous recording of the contents of the response. In the case of non-compliance with the form of the response, the burden of evidence with respect to the contents and delivery of the response rests on the sender.
15.2 Contents of an e-mail shall be deemed delivered if i) its receipt and/or review is acknowledged manually, ii) the e-mail reply containing the original e-mail message that is to be delivered has been received; only an automatic reply without intervention of the addressee shall not be deemed proof of due and proper delivery.
15.3 Written communication exchanged between the Contracting Parties shall be deemed duly delivered:
a) on the date of its actual delivery to the addressed Contracting Party;
b) on the date of futile expiry of the period for collection at the post office, also if the addressee did not collect the delivery
15.4 The Contracting Parties shall treat confidential all and any facts of which they become aware in association with performance provided under a contractual relationship constituted according to these GTC and which relate to the other Contracting Party, if such information is of a provable commercial significance to the other Contracting Party or other competitors on the market.
15.4.1 Confidential information shall also be deemed all facts and information comprising trade secrets in the sense of The Civil Code, as amended, and also any information provably and unambiguously identified as confidential by the other Contracting Party. Without prejudice to the above statements, confidential information shall also be any information that is not publicly accessible, information of technical, commercial or other nature marked by either of the Contracting Parties as confidential, or that is required to be treated (having regard to the circumstance known to the other Contracting Party at the time of their disclosure) as confidential, or any information the nature of which indicates to any reasonably informed person that such information is confidential. Confidential information shall also be deemed any information of technical, trade or commercial nature (including product plans, development plans, forecasts, analyses and strategies), specifications, plans, charts, training materials, formulas, sketches, models, samples, procedures, ideas and inventions (also if not subject to special protection), data, software, or documentation in any form, whether on any material carrier or provided verbally, as well as information received from a person other than a Contracting Party, provided that such other person is subject to the confidentiality obligation. Confidential information shall also be deemed information concerning the situation of either of the Contracting Parties, its products, processes, performance.
15.4.2 To avoid disputes about the nature of information, the Contracting Parties have agreed that a Party disclosing information that is required to be deemed confidential to the other Party, pursuant to the provisions of this Article and it is not clear from the nature of the matter that it is a confidential information as specified in this Article, shall unambiguously mark such information as confidential.
15.5 The confidentiality obligation shall apply even after the termination of contractual relationship incorporating these GTC. The Contracting Party may be discharged of this obligation only by other Contracting Party’s written declaration. The confidentiality obligation shall pass onto the Parties’ successors in title.
15.6 The confidentiality obligation shall not apply to facts that:
a) are or will be made available to employees or third persons in relation to performance of activities under the contractual relationship established pursuant to these GTC on the “need to know” basis due to their work position, office held and/or their role in the performance under the contract, provided that the relevant Contracting Party is required to inform such person about the confidential nature of the disclosed information;
b) were provably obtained from a third person that is authorized to disseminate such information; or
c) have become publicly known without the breach of confidentiality obligation by any of the Contracting Parties,
d) have been developed by a Contracting Party independently and without using any confidential information according to the provisions of this Article.
15.7 The following will not be considered a breach of the confidentiality obligation:
a) disclosure of information to third persons holding an interest in the company of either of the Contracting Parties, provided that such persons are informed in advance about, and subjected in writing to the confidentiality obligation;
b) disclosure of information to legal advisors or other representatives, who are required to abide by the confidentiality obligations by the operation of law, for the purpose of due and proper performance of their activities, provided that such persons must be informed in advance of the confidential obligation related to the matter in question;
c) disclosure of information after the other Contracting Party’s prior written consent to the disclosure of individual information protected by the confidentiality obligation has been obtained;
d) disclosure of information to relevant authorities for the purposes of judicial proceedings, arbitration proceedings and/or proceedings before any other public authority, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings);
e) disclosure of information to a governmental, bank, tax or other authority with supervisory powers that is authorized and competent to request such information in compliance with the applicable legal regulations, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings),
f) disclosure of information a Contracting Party is required to make by the operation of law.
15.8 The Service Provider defines as confidential the complete content of these GTC, whereas he also defines as trade secret the facts stated in Article XI of these GTC.
Article XVI
Common and Final provisions
16.1 Contractual relationships between the Contracting Parties not addressed in these GTC or any Order shall be governed by the applicable provisions of generally binding legal regulations of the country of residence of the Service Provider (i.e. the Czech Republic) including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of the Civil Code (in particular those dealing with contracts for work), as amended. Should these GTC and/or the Order address certain relationships between the Contracting Parties in a manner other than that required by the applicable legal regulations, these GTC and contractual arrangements shall prevail, provided that conflict with a legal provision that may be derogated from or application of which may be excluded (in the case of a conflict, the discretionary provision shall be deemed excluded) is concerned. In the case of a conflict between these GTC and an Order, preference should be given to the Order.
16.2 If any provision of these GTC should prove as invalid due to conflict with generally binding legal regulations or becomes invalid in the course of the Task execution, this invalidity does not affect the validity of other provisions of these GTC and their general validity and effectiveness.
16.3 For the purposes of determination of jurisdiction, the place of performance under contract shall be deemed the place of the execution of a Task (Article 4.2.1 letter c of these GTC).
16.3.1 If the provisions dealing with conflicts of law allow for the selection of a particular governing law, relationships between the Service Provider and the Client, established according to these GTC, or according to the Order, shall be governed by the Czech law. Should the conflict of law provisions allow for the selection of jurisdiction, then any disputes between the Service Provider and the Client arising out of contractual relationships established according to these GTC shall be resolved by the competent Czech courts according to the regulations of Civil Procedure Code.
16.4 These GTC shall become valid and effective on the date written in the heading. As on the same date, the GTC issued by the Service Provider before 1. 10. 2015 cease to be valid and effective; nonetheless, contractual relationships established under Orders incorporating then valid GTC shall be governed by the then valid GTC.
16.5 The Service Provider is entitled to unilaterally amend these GTC at any time. The Contractual relationship between the Client and Service Provider established according to a particular Order shall be governed by the GTC as valid and in effect at the time of proper delivery of the confirmed Order to the Service Provider.
In Mladá Boleslav, 1.1.2019 HOLLEN CZ s.r.o.
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN s.r.o in Slovakia valid from 1.1.2025
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN s.r.o. in the Slovak Republic
valid from 1. 1. 2025
Article I
Introductory Provisions
1.1 The present General Terms and Conditions (“GTC”) govern the relationship between the
Service Provider, that is HOLLEN s. r. o., with its Registered Office at Kosatcová 24/A, 841
07 Bratislava, Corporate ID (IČO): 35 804 505, VAT ID: SK2020281813, registered in the
Commercial Register maintained by Bratislava III Municipal Court, Section: Sro, Registration
File No.: 23309/B and the Client – the entity ordering any of the services defined in Article 3
of these GTC, except where the Service Provider and Client shall conclude a separate service
agreement under which the these GTC shall not apply.
Article 2
Definitions of Certain Terms
2.1 Service Provider – legal entity specified under 1.1 of these GTC providing services
thereunder (i.e. HOLLEN s.r.o.).
2.2 Client – legal entity ordering services from the Service Provider under these GTC.
2.3 Final Customer – legal entity to which the components being the subject matter of services
provided under these GTC are intended; the Final Customer and the Client may, but do not
have to be the same entity.
2.4 Component – a component, part, goods, semi-product, material, or any combination thereof
that is the subject matter of the services provided under these GTC.
2.5 Order – a document through which the Client orders the performance of a particular task. It is
drawn up, delivered, and signed as laid down in Article 4 of these GTC. Acceptance of an
Order by the Service Provider pursuant to Article 4 of these GTC shall constitute a contractual
relationship between the Service Provider and the Client.
2.6 Task – a service, or a set of services according to these GTC relating to a Component and
provided under a particular Order.
2.7 Person Responsible for Work Procedure – Responsible person on the Client’s part (in
particular Quality Control Staff) appointed for the relevant Task in the Order, or an individual
who is granted such authority under Clause 10.4 of these GTC and its subclauses; Final
Customer’s (or a third party) representative may also act in such a capacity if so decided by
the Client, in that case such person’s actions are directly binding for the Client under these
GTC.
2.8 Person Authorized to Sign the Worksheet – any individual appointed by the Client in the
Order for this particular responsibility or an individual granted such authority under Clause
10.5 ; Final Customer’s (or a third party) representative may also act in such a capacity if so
decided by the Client, in that case such person’s actions are directly binding for the Client
under these GTC.
2.9 Service Provider’s Staff – employees or other cooperating persons (natural persons –
entrepreneurs; legal entities) of the Service Provider or its subcontractors providing the
services to the Client under these GTC on behalf of the Service Provider such as, without
limitation, operators, technicians, residents, coordinators.
2.9.1 Technician – Service Provider’s responsible person assigned to a relevant Task in
the Order; the Technician’s immediate superior or, where appropriate, another person
who has demonstrably replaced them in that position or, in their absence, stands in
for them, shall automatically also be deemed as the Technician
2.10 Work Procedure – written key operating document containing in particular a detailed
description of individual steps performed on the Components that are the subject matter of the
performance of a Task.
2.11 Report – a data output relating to a specific Task for a specific period of time prepared by the
Service Provider for the Client or Final Customer. The Report primarily contains data on the
time consumed (the time taken to complete the Task within a certain period) and selected
information on the Components involved in the Task. The Reports serve to enable continual
monitoring of the Task performance or specific indicators directly related to the Task
performance (e.g., administration, downtime, logistics – including the number of pallets,
transport, number of journeys, time spent on logistics operations
2.12 Worksheet – document confirming the type and scope of the provided Services and serving
as the underlying document for invoicing purposes.
2.13 8D Report – customary procedure used in the automotive industry as a standard method for
the improvement of the quality of processes and for addressing a range of issues in order to
identify, correct and eliminate the recurrence of a problem and is useful in improving the
quality of products, manufacturing and services; it implements temporary or permanent
corrective measures based on a statistical analysis of the problem and focuses on the root
causes of the problem.
2.14 MetriQ – the Service Provider’s electronic application serving for workplace digitalization
purposes, primarily focusing on the digital collection, distribution, and presentation of data on
the respective Tasks and electronic sharing of Task-relevant documents. MetriQ is a cloud-
based solution and copyright-protected a computer software, whereas the Client is entitled to
use it after entering into a relevant license agreement. The Client shall be entitled to use
MetriQ in the extent and manner specified under Article 16 of these GTC.
2.14.1 Standalone License Agreement is a separate agreement independent of a specific
Task, which is also labelled as a “License Agreement” and is entered into by and
between the Service Provider and the Client in the form of a separate document.
2.14.2 Order-based License Agreement is a License Agreement differing from a
Standalone License Agreement; it shall be entered into based on a specific Order
(which contains the intention of the Client to use the MetriQ application for a
specific Task) and granting of access to MetriQ by the Service Provider.
2.15 AfEC – agreement for electronic communication entered into by and between the Client and
the Service Provider based on which the parties mutually exchange and approve documents
using electronic channels. Entering into AfEC is not a prerequisite for the provision of
services by the Service Provider.
2.16 Standard Working Day – for the purpose of these GTC it shall be defined as a period on
business days (defined depending on the location where the Task is performed) between 8
a.m. and 4 p.m. Where these GTC determine the deadline or period within a Standard
Working Day, it shall apply that should said deadline or period end after the closing time
specified in the preceding sentence, it shall be suspended at the end of the Standard Working
Day and shall commence again at the beginning of the following Standard Working Day.
Article 3
Services
3.1 Services provided under these GTC include, without limitation:
a) services in the area of quality assurance of production and/or processes including, in
particular, inspection of Components associated with sorting activities and corrective
actions, additional modifications, finishing and assembly services, if any;
b) any other services associated with quality assurance of Components, production support,
shop works, logistics and assistance services (hereafter being referred to as “Services”).
3.2 Particular type and scope of the provided Services are described in the contract/Order.
Article 4
Placing Orders for Services
4.1 Services under these GTC are provided under individual contracts or specific, mutually
agreed Orders; in the case of specific Orders, a contractual relationship between the Service
Provider and Client is established upon the acceptance by the Service Provider of the Client’s
Order made out as laid down in these GTC. These GTC are an integral part of any contractual
relationship entered into according to the preceding sentence.
4.2 Orders must be made in writing either in paper (hard copy) or electronic forms and must be
delivered:
a) Electronically, in particular: i/by e-mail having as its attachment a scanned copy of the
Order in paper form, or an electronic file signed with electronic signature allowing for
clear and unambiguous identification of the person acting on behalf of the Client, ii/ by
way of MetriQ, where the Service Provider and the Client have entered into the AfEC,
b) in person.
4.2.1 Orders must contain the following particulars:
a) identification of the Component(s) subject to the provision of Services under a
particular Task,
b) definition, scope, and description of the ordered Services, including definitions
of respective quantifiable units relating to the ordered Services (such as quantity,
time) if possible for the particular Service,
c) identification of the location where the Task is performed (Clause 6.1 of these
GTC),
d) specification of the date of commencement of performance of a particular Task,
e) assignment of a specific Technician to a particular Task,
f) specification of the price of the ordered Services;
g) name, surname, email address (the job title/position if possible) of the person
signing the Order on behalf of the Client; where the email address is not
specifically indicated in the Order, the email address from which the Order was
delivered to the Service Provider shall be deemed to be the email address for the
purposes of this clause;
h) declaration of the Parties that these GTC are an integral part of the contractual
relationship to be established based on an accepted Order.
4.2.2 Orders may also contain the following:
a) estimated date of termination of the provision of Services;
b) appointment of the Person Authorized to Sign the Worksheet,
c) appointment of the Person Responsible for Work Procedure,
d) appointment of the Client’s financial department officer who will be the contact
person in financial matters (including the settlement of invoices),
e) request that the Service Provider provides specific equipment (Clause 5.7 of
these GTC);
f) requirement for the form and interval of delivering reports (Clause 9.2.9 of these
GTC);
g) Work Procedure (Clause 5.1 of these GTC),
h) determination of flat-rate fee and the scope of services it shall cover
i) definition of special costs the Client will pay to the Service Provider (Clause
11.4 of these GTC);
j) Order Number;
k) requirement to be provided with a hard copy of the invoice,
l) appointment of the person/email address to whom/where the electronic invoice is
to be delivered, or the address, if any, where hardcopy invoice is to be delivered
(Clause 12.3.1 of these GTC),
m) the address of the plant; for the purposes of the Task, the plant is deemed to be the
Client’s operation which the Task concerns
n) other arrangements, if any
4.2.3 Order (or its attachment) may also include the appointment of more than one Persons
Responsible for Work Procedure and it may also determine the assignment of their
individual powers/authorization under these GTC (e.g., right to sign the Work
Procedure or any amendments thereto, right to handle complaints, etc.).
4.3 Orders will be preferentially placed on order forms created by the Service Provider for that
purpose. The Service Provider will complete the order form according to the information and
supporting documentation furnished by the Client and will subsequently send it to the Client.
The Client, after completing/correcting any missing/incorrect details, will mail the signed
binding Order to the Service Provider. For a contractual relationship to be established, the
Service Provider must subsequently accept the Order by attaching the signature of the Service
Provider’s authorized person (Clause 10.1 of these GTC). Accepted Orders (just like
contracts) will become binding for both Parties upon due delivery of the accepted (i.e. duly
signed by both Parties) Order by the Service Provider to the Client pursuant to Clause 4.5 of
these GTC.
4.3.1 Where the AfEC is entered into, the Order may be concluded also as laid down in its
provisions, in particular via MetriQ.
4.4 The Client’s Order will be deemed properly delivered to the Service Provider, if delivered:
a) in paper form to the hands of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.1 of
these GTC), or
b) by e-mail sent and delivered to i/ to the Technician’s e-mail address specified in the pre-
filled order form (Clause 4.3 of these GTC) or ii/ to the same Service Provider’s address
from which the pre-filled order form (Clause 4.3 of these GTC) was sent,
c) where AfEC has been entered into, in the manner specified therein
4.5 The Order accepted by the Service Provider is deemed duly and properly delivered if
delivered in the following manner:
a) in paper form, to the hands of any Client’s contact person, or
b) by e-mail sent to the e-mail address of the Client’s person having signed the Order on
Client’s side as specified in the Order, or
c) where AfEC has been entered into, in the manner specified therein.
4.6 The Service Provider has no obligation to accept any binding order placed by the Client. Any
binding Order not accepted and delivered to the Client within 48 hours of its delivery to the
Service Provider ceases to be valid.
4.7 If, after the conclusion of a contract/contractual relationship pursuant to this Article, the
Client places another Order for identical Services, this shall be deemed a legally non-binding
internal order made solely for the Client’s internal needs (e.g., SAP ERP) even if the Service
Provider confirms such an Order; i.e. such additional Order will not amend or supersede the
original contractual relationship and shall be deemed exclusively an internal document of the
Client (used e.g., for invoicing purposes); this shall not apply in the case of expressly stated
cancellation or expressly stated modification of the original Order, provided that such
cancellation or modification of the Order is unambiguously, incontestably and directly stated
in the later Order with a reference to the original provisions that are being cancelled/modified,
or to the entire original Order identified by a specific date (to cancel a previous Order only a
general statement to the effect that the new Order supersedes all prior agreements, or any
other similar provision will not be deemed sufficient).
4.8 The modification of an Order may be executed in particular by email arrangement made by
both Parties about the content of said change (including the mutual confirmation of the new
Work Procedure) or placing of a new Order (the provisions of these GTC shall apply
accordingly) by way of persons authorized to make changes to the Order pursuant to
provisions of Clause 10.2 of these GTC as laid down in Clause 4.9 of this Article. Where an
AfEC has been entered into, change of the Order may be executed always using the manner
specified thereunder (in particular using MetriQ).
4.9 The following terms of the performance of a Task may be modified by reciprocally approved
e-mail with no need to approve a new Order; where the Partied entered into AfEC it may be
executed via MetriQ or other manner specified thereunder:
a) duration of a Task,
b) definition, scope and description of the ordered services (Clause 4.2.1b) of this Article),
including a change of the Work Procedure (Clause 4.2.2g) of this Article),
c) limitation of a total volume/value of a Task, even upwards (increasing),
d) change/expansion of the location of Task performance (Clause 4.2.1c) of this Article),
e) change/introduction of surcharges pursuant to these GTC, that were originally excluded.
4.9.1 The modification of an Order shall always be recorded in writing in a demonstrable
manner while there is authorized personnel to arrange and agree the subject of the
change under Clauses 10.1 a 10.2 of these GTC.
4.9.2 Newly agreed terms shall be applicable from the moment specified in an Order and if
such moment is not specified, from the Service Provider’s acceptance of the Order.
Unless otherwise stated in a new Order, the provisions of a previous Order shall
apply to the foregoing services provided under the Task.
4.10 Any reference in the subsequent Articles to an Order shall be deemed reference to an accepted
Order pursuant to this Article establishing a contractual relationship between the Service
Provider and the Client or a separate contract which has not been entered into by way of a
mutually agreed Order but as a separate legal document and in which the application of the
GTC has been agreed.
Article 5
Performance of a Task
5.1 A detailed description of the performance of each Task must be included in the Work
Procedure signed jointly by a Technician and a Person responsible for Work Procedure unless
the Work Procedure has been annexed to the Order.
5.2 The Service Provider’s responsible worker (in particular, the Technician) coordinates the
performance of a Task according to the Work Procedure.
5.3 Changes to the Work Procedure, if any, must be made in writing and demonstrably, in
particular i/ in the form of amendment to the Work Procedure or ii/ by the preparation of the
updated full text of the Work Procedure. The change according to the previous sentence must
be approved by the Technician on the part of the Service Provider and by the Person
Responsible for Work Procedure, or the person who signed the Order on the Client’s part. The
amendment or updated full text of the Work Procedure pursuant to the first sentence must
contain a description of the change and information about the precise time or similar data
(e.g., the component number) concerning its approval and/or the time when it takes effect.
5.4 To ensure due and proper performance of a Task, the Service Provider undertakes to secure a
sufficient number of its staff (possessing the abilities, knowledge, efficiency and skills
required for the given Task) who will perform the Task.
5.5 The Technician is the Service Provider’s person responsible for matters relating to the Task
and shall, in particular:
a) be responsible for performance and realization of the Task,
b) participate in preparation of the Work Procedure and sign said document on the Service
Provider’s behalf (including any amendments thereto), unless set out otherwise in these
GTC,
c) prepare Worksheets and partial Worksheets,
d) engage in activities comprising quality assurance for the provided Services, and in the
complaint handling procedure pursuant to Article 13 of these GTC,
e) act as the Service Provider’s point of contact for receipt of any suggestions, comments or
requests relating to the Task; the Technician must receive information about any
organizational changes relating to the performance of the Task, or obstacles preventing
due and proper performance of any Task without delay,
f) contact the Person Responsible for Work Procedure as and when needed, in particular for
requesting any required collaboration.
5.6 Unless agreed otherwise between the Client and the Service Provider, the Service Provider
shall secure basic equipment and accessories, tools and working material required for the
performance of the Task (e.g., marking pens, stickers, identification labels, pens, sheets of
paper, forms, tapes and other materials as may be required), as well as any equipment
required to secure occupational health and safety and, all of the preceding in the customary
scope and quantity (hereinafter jointly “Basic Work Aids”).
5.7 The Service Provider and the Client may agree that the former shall also obtain (usually for
agreed compensation) other work equipment or tools, such as desks, lighting fixtures, binding
devices etc. (“Above-the-Standard Aids”), otherwise they are to be obtained by the Client. The
corresponding agreement with detailed description/listing of the Above-the-Standard Aids to
be obtained by the Service Provider must be specified in the Order or recorded demonstrably
in writing at a later stage.
5.8 Where the Client insists on using specific Above-the-Standard Aids in the provision of a
Service (in particular, equipment, material, specific chemical agents), which will be provided
to the Service Provider by the Client or a third party (however, based on the Client’s
instruction), the former shall be obliged to duly instruct the Service Provider on its use,
including provision of the respective user manual in Slovak language and to prepare a written
record proving this instruction and provision of the respective user manuals signed by the
Client’s officer specified under Clause 10.1 of these GTC, otherwise it shall be deemed the
instruction has not been provided. In the case of chemical agents, the Client shall be moreover
responsible for their correct and due labelling (including their composition) in order to
mitigate the risk of health hazard due to improper manipulation with chemical agents.
Article 6
The Location of Task Performance
6.1 Services according to these GTC are performed mainly on the Client’s premises, or on the
Final Customer’s premises or on the Service Provider’s premises. The exact location of
performance of the Task must be specified in the Order.
6.2 The Client is obliged to secure appropriate premises for the performance of the Services (in
particular the location of Task performance) and activities related to the performance of the
Services (such as supply and removal of materials) and to equip such premises with
appropriate equipment/devices allowing an efficient performance of the Services. The Client
shall be responsible for ensuring that said premises meet all the requirements set out in
applicable legal regulations, in particular those regulating occupational safety and health and
fire protection. The above applies also when the location is a plant (as laid down in Clause
4.2.2m) of these GTC)
6.3 The Client shall be obliged to obtain for the workers of the Service Provider who perform the
Task in question access to the location of Task performance, where such Task is performed in
the Client’s or third party premises and provide them (or otherwise secure for them) with all
necessary means (identification cards, chips, name tags etc.).
6.4 The provisions under Clauses 6.2 and 6.3 of this Article shall not apply where the Service
Provider supplies the Services in its own premises.
Article 7
The Time of Task Performance
7.1 The Service Provider undertakes to ensure that the performance of any Task will commence
at the time agreed upon in the Order, otherwise in the customary time, considering the
location and accessibility of the location of Task performance.
7.1.1 Compliance of the Service Provider with the time of commencement of Task
performance is conditional upon receiving the required collaboration to be provided
by the Client pursuant to Article 8 of these GTC.
7.2 The Duration of the performance of Services in hours will be continuously recorded in one or
several reports and also will be included in the Worksheet. Where the Order is issued so that
the subject of billing is not a specific number of hours of Service provision but the number of
pieces or another unit of measure, the Report/Worksheet shall quote the number of pieces or
another unit of measure instead of hours.
7.3 The Duration of the performance of Services is to be recorded in the Report (Clause 9.1 of
these GTC) which will also include the time required for:
a) management and logistics of the material,
b) packaging and associated organizational arrangements (e.g., ensuring compliance with
the correct packaging process required e.g., by the packaging regulation),
c) informing the Technician and other Service Provider’s staff with internal regulations
effective in a location of performance of the Task and possible changes of these
regulations,
d) idle times not caused by Service Provider or its staff,
e) periods of time corresponding to duration of statutory breaks (e.g., lunch breaks),
f) organizational arrangements in support of Tasks (including meetings with the relevant
persons on the part of the Client, Final Customer or third parties – e.g., logistics
companies, in order to perform the Task, the time required on the part of the Service
Provider to comment on or prepare the workflow, or to modify or replace it with a new
workflow),
g) ensuring the preparation of Reports, including informative Reports, summaries and final
documentation for any Task,
h) provision of photo documentation (e.g., in order to record the quality of controlled
Components).
7.3.1 Where only a Worksheet is elaborated for a particular Task (Clause 9.2 of these
GTC), without preparing of a Report (Clause 9.1 of these GTC), the provision of
Clause 7.3 of this Article shall apply to the Worksheet accordingly.
Article 8
Client’s Collaboration
8.1 The Client is required to provide all the collaboration required for the performance of any
Task to the Service Provider without limitation, such as:
a) to provide all specialized technical information that may be required for due and proper
performance of Services;
b) to provide the Components that are to be the subject of the Services and/or to provide
access to such Components;
c) to give any required additional instructions and clarifications of requirements relating to
any particular Task;
d) to secure work aids, tools and other equipment not provided by the Service Provider;
e) to continually monitor the Reports and any discrepancies contained therein (in the
manner specified in Clause 9.1 of these GTC and its sub-clauses)
f) to provide additional collaboration required under the provisions of these GTC (e.g.,
Articles 5.1 , 6.2 , 7.2 , 13.5 );
g) to provide any other collaboration, in particular as and when requested.
8.2 If the Client fails to provide the required collaboration pursuant to the preceding section, the
Service Provider will be entitled to discontinue the performance of Services.
8.3 If the provision of Services is discontinued due to failure of the Client to provide the required
collaboration, the Service Provider will not be deemed defaulting with the provision of
Services while collaboration pursuant to Article 8.2 of these GTC is not being provided, and
will not be liable for any damage incurred in causal relationship with such discontinuation; in
such a case, the duration of discontinuation of the performance of Services is deemed idle
time not caused by the Service Provider’s staff pursuant to Clause 7.3d) of these GTC.
8.4 The provisions of this Article shall also apply accordingly to the Final Customer (or another
third party), if any Task is performed either on the Final Customer’s premises (or with the
involvement of Components in the possession of the Final Customer (or another third party);
in such cases, the Client is required to secure the Final Customer’s (or other third party’s)
collaboration in the identical extent as laid down in the provisions of this Article and will be
liable for any non-collaboration by the Final Customer as if the collaboration had been
refused by the Client itself.
8.5 Should the Task concern a Component, which in the automotive industry is regarded as a
safety component or a component with special features (e.g., safety features), it must be
labeled as such a/ in the Order, or b/ in the Work Procedure, or c/ in another paper document
using e.g., the D/TLD label or ESD (hereafter as “Safety Component“); the Service Provider
must be demonstrably notified that a Safety Component is being handled. Where the Client
fails to duly inform the Service Provider in the manner specified in this Clause, the
component shall not be considered a Safety Component for the purpose of the Task
(regardless of its actual nature) and the Service Provider shall not be liable for the
consequences that may arise (i.e. improper handling or storage and the resulting incurred
damage) and the Client shall not be entitled to any claims originating from or related to the
fact that the Component has actually been a Safety Component. The Client shall be solely
liable for the deficiencies in the Work Procedure related to the handling of the Safety
Component.
Article 9
Reports, Worksheet
9.1 Reports
The Service Provider (usually through a Technician, coordinator, or an administrative
employee) prepares one or several Reports during the performance of a Task. The Reports do
not disclose any data on specific persons involved in the performance of the Task on the part
of The Service Provider or specific times when these persons participated in the Task, unless
agreed otherwise. The Service Provider may partially anonymize the Report in order to
prevent possible abuse of the data.
9.1.1 Reports are created over a certain coherent period of time (usually a day or a week).
The Service Provider guarantees that, if requested by the Client, it is able to prepare
the Reports and provide access to them on a daily, weekly, bi-weekly or monthly
basis; the provisions under Clause 9.1.3 are not affected.
9.1.2 The Service Provider and the Client may at any time agree on intervals for the
preparation and provision of Reports. Such an agreement does not require a change
to the Order, not even if the interval has been captured in it, except in the case where
such change results in a change of price under Clause 9.1.3 of this Article.
9.1.3 Where the Order does not contain provisions on providing access to the Reports and
the Client requests such access (i.e. only after the Service Provider accepts the
Order), the Service Provider may request an increase of the price for the Services
provided; until the price change has been agreed upon, the Service Provider is not
obliged to provide access to the Reports to the Client. The same applies to the
request to increase the interval agreed upon in the Order which may be reflected in a
change to the price for the Services provided. The request to reduce the interval does
not affect the price.
9.1.4 Where neither the Order nor the subsequent arrangement between the Client and the
Service Provider contain provisions on the intervals of preparation of and provision
of access to the Reports, the Service Provider is not obliged to prepare Reports at all;
however, if it prepares them and provides access to them, the Service Provider alone
determines the intervals of preparing of and providing access to the Reports
9.1.5 The Service Provider may always provide access to the Reports more often than
agreed.
9.1.6 The Service Provider provides access to the Reports to the Client’s officers specified
in the Order or in another written document prepared by the Client and demonstrably
delivered to the Service Provider. Reports are always made accessible to the Person
Authorized to Sign the Worksheet. Where the Order is performed at the Client’s
premises or the Client’s logistics or external warehouse, the Reports are also made
accessible to the relevant persons on their part. Reports are made accessible through
MetriQ if a License Agreement has been entered into (Art. 16 of these GTC),
otherwise by e-mail; after a demonstrable written agreement of the Client and the
Service Provider, the Reports may also be made accessible in another manner (e.g.,
in the Client’s/Final Customer’s internal system).
9.1.7 The Client is obliged to ensure that all persons under the Clause 9.1.6 of this Article
who are under direct management of the Client (Clause of 10.6 these GTC) or the
Client has contracted them in connection with the Task:
a) monitor on each business day the relevant communication channel through
which the access to the Reports is provided (in particular MetriQ, where a license
agreement has been entered into pursuant to Art. 16 of these GTC, otherwise
email),
a) object to the non-delivery of the Report no later than the next working day
following the date on which the Report should have been delivered according to
the agreement (Clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2 of this Article) or as determined (Clause
9.1.4 of this Article).
9.1.8 Where a person does not check the relevant communication channel under Clause
9.1.6 of this Article on a specific day, solely the Client shall be liable for this fact
who must not make any claims related to not becoming acquainted with the relevant
Report in a timely manner or at all and the above fact shall have no impact on the
running of the time limit under Clause 9.1.10 of this Article).
9.1.9 Reports are made accessible via email or through MetriQ where a License
Agreement has been entered into (Art. 16 of these GTC). The Report shall be
deemed to have been made accessible:
a) in the case of its sending by e-mail – on the day of its sending, if it was sent on a
Standard Working Day, otherwise on the following working day,
b) if it is made available in MetriQ – on the day it is uploaded to the system, if it
was uploaded on a Standard Working Day, otherwise on the following working
day.
9.1.10 If, in the opinion of the Client, the Report contains errors, the Client shall be obliged,
to object to said errors with the Service Provider (preferably with the Technician), no
later than within 3 working days from the date of their disclosure (Clause 9.1.8 ). The
following are entitled to object to errors in the Report:
a) the Person Authorized to Sign the Worksheet (Clause 10.5 of these GTC);
another person shall have this right instead only in the event of the impossibility
or inability to submit objection by the Person Authorized to Sign the Worksheet
(e.g., illness, accident, vacation).
b) regardless of item a) always also the person who is entitled to change the Order
(Clause 10.2 of these GTC),
The Report is objected to in the form of an electronic message (e-mail), in person in
paper form or via MetriQ, where the Client has entered into a License Agreement
(Article 16 of these GTC).
9.1.11 A report that has not been objected to within the time limit under Clause 9.1.10 of
this Article shall be subject to an irrefutable legal presumption that the data on the
scope of Services provided therein (e.g., the time of provision of Services, the
number of Components, the number of pallets, etc.) is correct and the Report shall be
deemed approved (the fiction of approval). Therefore, objections delivered later shall
be disregarded. The above principle applies in particular due to the factual
impossibility or inadequate difficulty in reverse tracing of the scope of Services
provided for an earlier period as resulting from Clause 9.1.10 of this Article.
9.1.12 Where the Report has been objected to in accordance with Clause 9.1.10 of this
Article, the Service Provider and the Client must resolve the Client’s objection no
later than 24 hours from the date of acknowledgement of receipt of the objection by
the Service Provider (Clause 9.1.13 of this Article), otherwise the Service Provider
has the right to suspend the provision of all Services (i.e. including those not related
to the Task) it performs for the Client until the discrepancy is resolved, as the
correctness of the provision of Services by the Service Provider is challenged. Where
no agreement is reached within 7 calendar days, each party has the right to terminate
the Order; this shall also apply to other Tasks.
9.1.13 In the case of an objected Report, the Technician shall be obliged to confirm the
receipt of the objection to the addressee no later than 2 hours (within the parts of
Standard Working Days), otherwise the person who sent the objection is obliged to
contact the relevant branch responsible for the Order and do so at their telephone
number specified as a hotline or via its general e-mail address, while the branch’s
contacts are available at https://www.hollen.sk/en/contacts/. The branch shall
confirm the receipt of the objection or ensure its confirmation by the Technician or
their immediate superior.
9.1.14 Where the Service Provider fully and duly incorporates all the Client’s comments in
the Report, by repeatedly preparing and making available (Clause 9.1.9 of this
Article) such corrected report to the Client, the Report shall also be
considered approved; for this reason, the Client shall be obliged to object to all errors
under Clause 9.1.10 of this Article simultaneously.
9.1.15 The Service Provider may also prepare informative Reports. If the Reports are
expressly labelled as “informative”, they serve for informative purposes only and
therefore are not subject to the provisions of Clause 9.1 of this Article and its sub-
clauses. The designation “informative”shall be sufficient as a designation, e.g., in the
body or subject of the email in which the Report is sent or, in the case of MetriQ, as a
separate note next to a specific document published in MetriQ.
9.2 Worksheet
The Technician will prepare a Worksheet concerning the provided Services.
9.2.1 The Worksheet must include the number of hours of performance of Services by all
Service Provider’s staff or the number of other measurable units quantifying the
provision of Services, as long as these were defined in the Order (Clause 4.2.1b) of
these GTC) and it must correspond to the approved Reports. The provisions of the
previous sentence shall not apply if a flat-rate compensation was agreed (under
Clause 4.2.2h) of these GTC).
9.2.2 The Worksheet may also include:
a) the list and quantities of Components that were the subject of Services and/or
type of the Services provided,
b) information about the number of identified faulty Components, and the number
of repaired Components,
c) the number of Service Provider’s staff involved in the performance of Services,
d) remuneration for the provided Services,
e) other facts/information as may be demonstrably agreed upon between the Service
Provider and the Client (in particular by way of the Technician or their
immediate superior on the one hand and the Person Responsible to sign the
Worksheet Procedure or the person who signed the Order on behalf of the Client
on the other hand.
9.2.3 The Worksheet will be prepared after the performance of a Task or upon termination of a
complete period (e.g., a week, 2 weeks period or a month, especially if the performance of a
Task extends beyond 14 days). The Service Provider shall determine the interval of
preparation of the Worksheets, unless it is stated in the Order or demonstrably agreed
otherwise in writing. Subject to demonstrable written agreement between the Client and
Service Provider, Worksheets may also be prepared at other mutually agreed times.
9.2.4 Concerning making Worksheet accessible, the provision of Clauses 9.1.6 through 9.1.9 of this
Article apply accordingly.
9.2.5 Worksheets confirmed by the Person Authorized to Sign the Worksheet (Clauses 4.2.2b) and
10.5 and its sub-clauses of these GTC) shall serve as the underlying document for invoicing
purposes. The person on the Client’s part confirming the Worksheet shall be obliged to also
state their name and surname whereas the signature may also be electronic; where such officer
confirms the Worksheet by way of MetriQ under a concluded AfEC, the AfEC provisions
apply concerning its confirmation.
9.2.6 The data indicated in the Worksheet (e.g., the duration of Service provision, the number of
Components, the number of work tasks, the number of pallets) may solely be challenged in
the case where the data is in contradiction with the approved Reports (Clause 9.1.11 of this
Article) or with the Order itself; other objection concerning the data in the Worksheet shall be
disregarded.
9.2.7 The data on hourly rates indicated in the Worksheet can be challenged solely in the case if
said data is in contradiction with the Order and these GTC; other objections concerning the
hourly rates shall be disregarded; similar provisions apply also for other financial data (e.g.,
separately agreed settlement of selected costs).
9.2.8 The data in the Worksheet cannot be challenged solely based on the reason of their potential
discrepancy with the informative reports (Clause 9.1.15 of these GTC).
9.2.9 The provisions under Clauses 9.1.9 through 9.1.14 of this Article shall apply accordingly to
making the Worksheet accessible, approval of the Worksheet by the Person Authorized to
Sign the Worksheet, and possibly to any objections to the work report and their handling and
consequences (including the fiction of approval).
Article 10
Authorized Persons
10.1 The Service Provider’s personnel authorized to sign Orders and handle claims are:
a) Service Provider’s statutory representative(s),
b) Service Provider’s Chief Clerk, if appointed;
c) head of the Service Provider’s branch,
d) Technicians,
each of the above individually.
10.2 By signing the order, the person who signs the Order on behalf of the Client confirms that
they have the authority to enter into agreement on the basis of the Order. In addition to the
person referred to in the first sentence, the following are always entitled to change the Order:
a) statutory representative of the Client
b) Chief Clerk of the Client, if appointed,
c) any person representing the officer referred to in the first sentence during their absence
(e.g., illness, leave of absence) or who has permanently replaced them,
d) immediate superior of the person referred to in the first sentence, or to the person referred
to in item c) (e.g., their manager),
e) a person to whom such authorization results from the AfEC,
whereby, if any of the aforementioned persons contacts the Service Provider in order to agree
on a change to the Order, it is assumed that they meet some of the criteria set out in this
Clause and the Service Provider is not specifically obliged to examine whether or not said
person potentially exceeds their authority.
10.3 The provisions of Clause 10.2 shall also apply mutatis mutandis to the person on the part of
the Service Provider who handles the complaint.
10.4 In addition to the person specified by the Service Provider in the Order as the Person
Responsible for the Work Procedure, so is automatically considered their immediate superior,
or another person who demonstrably replaced them in that position or represents then in their
absence, as well as a new person who was demonstrably later notified to the Service Provider
by the previous Person Responsible for Work Procedure or by the person who signed the
Order.
10.4.1 If the Client does not appoint any particular Person responsible for Work Procedure
the Client shall be fully liable for any resulting risks as it is their priority interest
(also considering the other provisions herein) to appoint a competent Person
Responsible for Work Procedure since it is this person that holds specific
authorizations and responsibilities in the performance of a Task. Where the Client
fails to appoint such person in the Order, it shall apply that it expresses agreement to
any Client’s personnel (in particular an employee and/or a cooperating person) or
possibly any Final Customer’s personnel or any operator/person of the part of the
Client’s or another third person, provided that such a third person participates in the
Task actively (e. g. cooperation) or passively (e. g. review, receipt of the outcome of
the Task), shall act on behalf of the Client in matters stipulated by these GTC to a
Person Responsible for Work Procedure. In such a case the Service Provider will
have no obligation to investigate whether or not such person is acting beyond their
powers; actions taken by such person will be fully binding for the Client, unless it is
proved that the Service Provider was incontestably aware of such acting beyond said
powers and failed to notify the Client of such fact without undue delay after having
become aware thereof.
10.4.2 The Client has the right to notify to the Service Provider, at any time and in a
demonstrable manner, the missing contact information pertaining to the Person
Responsible for Work Procedure, as well as to notify any changes in such
information; The identity of the person making the notification on behalf of the
Client must be clearly stated in the notification.
10.5 The provisions of Clause 10.4 of this Article shall also apply accordingly to the Person
Authorized to Sign the Worksheet.
10.5.1 The provisions of Clauses 10.4.1 and 10.4.2 of this Article shall apply accordingly to
the Person Authorized to Sign the Worksheet unless said person is specified in the Order.
10.6 The following shall always be regarded as persons under direct management capacity of the Client:
a) the Client’s employees,
b) a worker with whom the Client has a contractual relationship and who is participating in the order,
c) any individual who shall be specified in the Order by the Client regardless of their actual
position (i.e. even if such a person is not actively involved in the Client’s organization
but e.g., in the Final Customer’s organization), it is therefore up to the Client’s discretion
which personnel it appoints in the Order.
Article 11
Compensation for Provided Services
11.1 For the provided Services, the Client undertakes to pay the Service Provider a compensation
at an amount as agreed upon in the Order also with potential surcharges under these GTC,
unless otherwise agreed in the Order.
11.2 VAT at the statutory rate will be added to the compensation. The compensation will be
invoiced as specified in the Order and these GTC.
11.3 If a basic hourly compensation was agreed in the Order, the following surcharges shall be
charged for Services performed:
a) at night-time in the amount of 25%,
b) on Saturdays (00.00 a.m. – 12.00 p.m.) in the amount of 50%,
c) on Sundays and other non-working days e.g., public holidays (00.00 a.m. – 12.00 p.m.)
in the amount of 100%.
The following time periods between Monday and Friday shall be deemed to be nighttime
–Mon.: 00.00 a.m. – 06.00 a.m. and 10.00 p.m. – 12.00 p.m.
The Service Provider is entitled to surcharges according to this Clause also in the absence of
specific agreement to that effect in an Order. If the surcharges are agreed in an Order in a
different amount or are excluded, the provisions of the Order shall apply. If any of the time
periods falls under several surcharges pursuant to letter a) – c) of this Article (e.g., public
holidays on Saturday), surcharges shall be paid only once at the higher rate of the two.
11.4 In addition to the compensation for performed Services, the Client will be required to
compensate the Service Provider for specific costs, if any, payment of which the Service
Provider and the Client have mutually and demonstrably agreed in writing (in particular in the
Order).
Article 12
Terms of Payment and Sanctions
12.1 Compensation for the provided Services will be payable under invoices the Service Provider
will issue according to Orders and Worksheets, usually:
a) upon the execution of a Task, or
b) after the end of any given month for Services provided in that month, or
c) after the end of a calendar week if the amount of compensation for Services performed in
that calendar week exceeds EUR 5,000.-
It is always at the Service Provider’s discretion when it issues the invoice, unless the date of
invoice issue is specifically agreed in the Order.
12.2 Invoices will be due and payable within 14 days after the date of their delivery to the Client
unless a different maturity date is specified on the invoice. If a maturity date earlier than that
set out in this Section is specified in any invoice, the maturity specified in this Section will be
decisive in the case of the Client’s delay in settlement of an invoice.
12.2.1 The fact that the Client in its internal systems or other internal processes does not
have said invoice approved as due and payable (e.g., due to a missing internal order
as laid down in Clause 4.7 of these GTC) shall have no effect on the invoice maturity
date. The above shall not be affected even where the Client returns the invoice to the
Service Provider due to reasons specified in the first sentence.
12.3 By placing an Order with the Service Provider (Article 4 of these GTC), the Client consents
to making out its invoice in an electronic form. However, the Service Provider is entitled to
send the invoice in the paper form instead of an electronic form, in particular if the Service
Provider does not have an e-mail address for the delivery of electronic invoices.
12.3.1 The Service Provider will mail invoices preferably to the Client’s person having
placed the Order, or to the person the Client specified in the Order (in particular an
officer from the Client financial department) or to another email address that is later
demonstrably notified by the Client to the Service Provider in writing; nonetheless,
invoices may be mailed also to the Client’s general e-mail address as known to the
Service Provider or as specified on the Client’s web page, in particular if the invoice
is returned as undelivered from the addresses referred to in the first part of the
sentence before the semicolon, or if no notification confirming the receipt is returned
from such addresses.
12.3.2 Where the Client enables the Service Provider to enter its internal electronic system
where invoices may also be uploaded, the Service Provider shall send the invoices
preferentially using this channel.
12.3.3 Where the Service Provider and the Client entered into an AfEC, the invoice may
also be delivered as laid down in its provisions (e.g., via MetriQ)
12.3.4 The Service Provider may also comply with the Client’s request to provide a paper
copy of an invoice sent in later.
12.4 Invoices must comply with all the requirements for an invoice eligible for tax purposes, they
must be issued pursuant to the provisions of these GTC and must be properly delivered to the
Client.
12.5 Invoices must be accompanied with copies of relevant Worksheets evidencing the legitimacy
of invoicing.
12.6 The Client, if delaying in the settlement of any invoice, will be required to pay to the Service
Provider a statutory default interest of the invoiced amount for each day of delay or part
thereof. This provision shall not prejudice any other rights or remedies that may arise from a
delay as provisioned by generally binding legal regulations.
12.7 Where the Client is delayed (even if partially) with the payment of any invoice (including the
invoice for another Task), the Service Provider shall be entitled to suspend the provision of all
Services (i.e. including those not related to the Task) while it shall not be liable for any
damage that the Client or any third party incurs as a result of said service suspension. Where
such legitimate suspension takes longer than 10 days the Service Provider becomes entitled to
immediately terminate the Order.
Article 13
Guarantee of Quality and Liability for Defects
13.1 The Service Provider holds Integrated Management System Certificates ISO 9001:2015, ISO
14001:2015, and ISO 45001:2018, that are a guarantee of the quality of the provided Services.
The Service Provider undertakes to perform Services with due professional care and at a
quality guaranteed under the above Certificates.
13.2 To ensure proper quality of Services, the Service Provider undertakes to carry out continuous
monitoring of the Services and if any obstacles on the part of the Client, Final Customer or a
third party (e.g., logistics warehouse) hindering the achievement of the proper quality of the
provided Services are identified, the Service Provider shall notify without delay such fact
either to the Person Responsible for Work Procedure or the person authorized to change the
Order (Clause 10.2 of these GTC). If the Service Provider conveys such fact verbally, they
will then be required to register the information in MetriQ, where the Client has entered into
the License Agreement under Article 16 of these GTC, otherwise send the relevant
information to the Person responsible for Work Procedure or the person authorized to change
the Order by e-mail (Clause 10.2 of these GTC), provided that the required contact
information of the above person is specified in the Order or notified by the Client to the
Service Provider pursuant to Article 10.4.2 of these GTC. The Person Responsible for Work
Procedure or the person authorized to change the Order (Clause 10.2 of these GTC) will also
be authorized to monitor the quality of the provided Services; if doubts about the quality of
the provided Services arise, this person will notify such fact without delay to the Technician.
The Technician, after having consulted and confirmed such doubts concerning the quality of
the provided Services with the Person responsible for Work Procedure or the person
authorized to change the Order (Clause 10.2 of these GTC) may, after obtaining a
demonstrable written approval of the above person, order a repeated check of the quality of
the Components associated with removal of the identified defects, if any, whereof a written
record will be prepared to be signed by the Technician on the one part, and the Person
responsible for Work Procedure or the person authorized to change the Order (Clause 10.2 of
these GTC) on the other. If the repeated check of quality reveals faulty performance of
Services, the Service Provider will not be entitled to any compensation for the time
corresponding to the duration of the repeated check. If no faulty performance is revealed by
the repeated check, the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check recorded in a
Worksheet will be deemed the time of provision of the Services for which the Service
Provider will be entitled to compensation in the same amount as for the standard provision of
Services according to the relevant Order in line with the provisions of these GTC.
13.3 If it is revealed after the Services will have been performed, and in any case during the first
incorporation of the Components into the relevant equipment whose first direct part is a
Component (such as a larger component, system component, module, integrated module,
automobile, etc.) at the latest, that the Services have not been provided at the guaranteed
quality, the Client will be required to notify the identified defects or faults in the provided
Services (henceforth referred to as “Defects”) in writing and demonstrably to the Service
Provider ( “Complaint”) without undue delay and in any case within 2 days after the Client
has become aware of the relevant Defect, otherwise the Client’s right to make any Complaint,
or claim(s) under the liability for Defects in the provided Services (henceforth referred to as
“Liability for Defects”) will cease to exist after the lapse of the above period. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the right to make a Complaint or to exercise a claim under the Liability for
Defects will cease to exist in any case after 6 months after the provision of Services to which
the Complaint relates. The failure to make a Complaint as laid down in this Article relieves
the Service Provider from the liability for any damage preventable (at least theoretically) by
making the Complaint and its handling by the Service Provider.
13.4 Regardless of other provisions herein, the Service Provider will not be liable for defects,
delays or violations of contractual obligations occurring as a result of:
a) improper or incorrect handling of the subject of performance of Service (in particular a
component) by a person other than the Service Provider after the Service has been
performed,
b) the fact that the Service Provider marked the subject of Services, or any of its part, as
unfit for use and/or not meeting the requirements resulting from the Work Procedure and
the Client (or a person on the Client’s part, such as the Final Customer) has released such
item for subsequent use and/or in further circulation despite such fact,
c) defects/insufficiencies in the Work Procedure which, nonetheless, the Client duly
approved,
d) non-compliance with obligation to label the Component as a Safety Component pursuant
to Clause 8.5 these GTC,
e) a Force Majeure event; whereas a Force Majeure event means a/ an exceptional
circumstance which was not foreseeable by a Party and/or b/ a circumstance in respect of
which the Party has made all efforts which may fairly be required of it to avert its effect,
and at the time of the occurrence of either such circumstance the Party was not in default
in the performance of those of its obligations which (even if together with the Force
Majeure event) gave rise to the state of affairs in respect of which this Party seeks to rely
on the Force Majeure event; Force Majeure event includes in particular (without
limitation): a war, invasion, acts of foreign adversary, foreign adverse acts, civil war,
mutiny, acts of civil disobedience or other public riots, consequences of military or
usurping powers, confiscation or nationalization or seizure or destruction under an order,
or in the course of execution of any order issued by governmental or other public bodies,
consequences of the use of any military weapons utilizing nuclear fission or radioactivity
irrespective of whether at the time of peace or war, industrial incidents, natural disasters,
protracted power failures, crisis or other emergency circumstance(s), including supply
outage in the territory of the Slovak Republic of goods that are necessary for proper
provision of Services and that the Service Provider is obliged to ensure; however, events
resulting solely from the personnel or assets-related circumstances of any of the Parties,
or possibly from standard business procedures, such as, without limitation, shortage of
qualified labor force, non-performance of their obligations by third parties, unfavorable
economic situation of a Contracting Party shall not be deemed Force Majeure events.
13.5 The Client will be required to provide the Service Provider with all the necessary
collaboration (particularly, but not limited to, the Service Provider’s request) required in the
process of verification of a Complaint; in particular, the Client is required to provide
photographic evidence, background documentation, records of communication, data held by
the Client or the Final Customer that is relating, or may be relating to the Complaint and/or
the Service being the subject matter of the Complaint.
13.5.1 Any delay in meeting the obligation of the Client referred to in Article 13.5 of these
GTC exceeding 5 days will result in voiding of any entitlements from the claim(s)
under the Liability for Defects based on which the Complaint has been made.
13.6 The handling of any Complaint must commence without undue delay after its placing and not
later than within 3 business days after it is lodged, and the Complaint must be resolved in the
shortest possible time. The Service Provider undertakes to either acknowledge or dismiss a
Complaint within 30 days of its placing. The period pursuant to the previous sentence shall be
extended by the time the Service Provider is not able to handle the Complaint due to a request
for collaboration pursuant to Clause 13.5 of these GTC (i.e. by the time passing from the
request for collaboration to its actual provision).
13.6.1 If a Compliant is legitimate the Client is entitled to an adequate discount on the price
invoiced for the Task; this applies only if the Service Provider fails to notify the
Client that it will ensure a free removal of identified Defects on the basis of the
Complaint within the period for acknowledgement or dismissal of the Complaint
(Clause 13.6 of these GTC). The Service Provider has the right to select how the
Complaint should be resolved. Where the Service Provider removes the Defect free
of charge, the Client is not entitled to any adequate discount specified in the first
sentence of this Clause.
13.6.2 If a Complaint concerning Services pursuant to Clause 3.1a) of these GTC is
legitimate, the Service Provider is entitled to require the repeated delivery, and the
Client is obliged to comply with the request for repeated delivery, of all Components
subject of the provision of Services based on which the Complaint was made (except
for the Components demonstrably incorporated into an object the Components are
part of), in a way that enables the Service Provider to perform their repeated check
and remove the complained defects free of charge from other Components in order
to avoid possible damage whereas the Client is obliged to comply with this request;
the breach of this obligation by the Client results in a cessation of Client’s right under
Liability for Defects based on lodging of the Complaint without prejudice to the
provisions of Clause 14.4.1 of these GTC.
13.6.3 The Client is entitled, in exceptional cases, to secure the removal of a Defect by a
third party at the expense of the Service Provider, however, for reimbursement of the
costs thus incurred by the Service Provider, all of the following requirements must be
met:
a) the Client has made a Complaint properly in accordance with these GTC and the
Service Provider has not taken a chance to handle the Complaint or has failed to
resolve the Complaint within the period of time according to these GTC or
within the period of time agreed in a separate written demonstrable agreement
with the Service Provider, or the Service Provider has agreed demonstrably in
writing that it has agreed with the removal of a defect by a third party.
b) where this concerns a Task under Clause 3.1a) of these GTC, the Client has
allowed the Service Provider to perform the control of the result of the Task (in
particular by a repeated control of the parts to which the Task relates pursuant to
Clauses 13.2 or 13.6.2 of this Article), and the Service Provider failed to ensure
remedy or did not take advantage of the possibility to perform a check in an
adequate term.
c) repeated sorting/repair/or another service provided by a third party removing the
defect is performed to an extent comparable to the Task to which this removal of
a defect relates to (in particular in terms of time consumption, Work procedure
and costs to remove the defect compared to the price of the Task), and relevant
documents demonstrating this comparable extent have been submitted to the
Service Provider.
The Client and the Service Provider may demonstrably agree in writing on different
terms of the reimbursement of costs under this Article.
13.7 If the Client routinely uses 8D-Report, the Service Provider shall provide the Client with an
8D-Report according to 8D time limits on Client’s request.
13.8 If a written record of the manner of handling of a Complaint is made, such report must be
signed by the Service Provider’s authorized person referred to in Clause 10.1 of these GTC
and on behalf of the Client by the person who lodged the Complaint on behalf of the Client or
the persons specified under Clause 10.2 of these GTC. The Client has the right to indicate any
comments or positions in the written report.
13.9 In the written report on the manner of handling of a Complaint, the Contracting Parties are
always free to also agree on an alternative manner of handling and/or resolution of a
Complaint.
Article 14
Ownership of Components; Liability for Damages and Compensation for Damages
14.1 The Service Provider shall not become the owner of the Components received for the purpose
of the performance of a Task.
14.2 The Service Provider shall be liable for any culpable conduct by its staff resulting in any
damage to, loss or destruction of the Components received by the Service Provider from the
Client (and/or the Final Customer) for the purpose of the performance of a Task, if such
conduct occurs in the course of the performance of a Task; however, the Service Provider will
not be liable for such culpable conduct if such damage to, loss or destruction of the
Components would have occurred regardless of such culpable conduct, or where the conduct
concerned served the Service Provider’s staff to avert a direct threat for which the staff was
not responsible, or if the damage was caused in the defense against an imminent or continuing
attack. The Service Provider shall not be liable for damages in the cases specified by the law
(e.g., if the breach of obligations was caused by circumstances excluding liability and in cases
where the damage was caused by Force Majeure events as defined in Clause 13.4e) of these
GTC).
14.3 If damage occurs for which the Service Provider is liable pursuant to Clause 14.2 of this
Article, the damage shall be remedied either through restoration to the original condition or
pecuniary compensation; the selection is at the Service Provider’s discretion.
14.4 The limits of compensation for damages for which the Service Provider is liable
14.4.1 The Service Provider shall be liable for the damages caused by the Defects in the
Services provided (defective performance) and not rectified as a part of the handling
of a Complaint which was duly lodged in accordance with these GTC. If the Client
has not provided the Service Provider with the Components for check on his request
in accordance with the Clause 13.6.2 of these GTC, the Client is not entitled to claim
damage resulting from this unperformed check or the damage that could have been
prevented by such free-of-charge check.
14.4.2 The Service Provider shall also be liable for any damage caused to the Client’s assets
while performing its activities other than referred to in Clause 14.4.1 of this Article.
14.4.3 If entitlement to compensation for damages arises, the Service Provider shall make a
claim against its insurance company for the indemnity payments due to an event of a
covered loss.
14.4.4 The Service Provider will compensate the Client for full damages, however not
exceeding the indemnity payment received by the Service Provider from the
insurance company or indemnity payment made by its insurance company under the
liability insurance concluded between the Service Provider and its insurance
company, with a condition precedent of the indemnity payment by the insurance
company. Where the insurance company remits the indemnity payment to the
Service Provider and not directly to the Client, the Service Provider shall forward the
received indemnity payment within 15 days of the date on which the Service
Provider received such payment from its insurance company and the Client specified
demonstrably in writing the account number where the compensation for damages
should be paid; the above shall not apply in the extent of the settlement that the
Service Provider pays out to the Client after a mutual agreement before the
indemnity payment from the insurance company is remitted.
14.4.5 If, for any reason, the insurance company fails to remit the indemnity payment due to
an event of a covered loss within 6 months of the day the Service Provider claimed it,
the Service Provider undertakes to provide the Client with the payment under the
liability for damage up to the amount of the value of the Task to which the damage
relates. In the case of Tasks, the performance of which extends beyond 1 month, the
value of the Task shall be determined as the average of the Task’s amounts (invoiced
amounts VAT-exempt) for the last 6 months of the performance of the Task; if,
however, the Task takes more than a month but less than 6 months, the average shall
be calculated based on the actual months when the Task was performed. The Client
and the Service Provider may also agree otherwise demonstrably in writing. The
provision of Clause 14.4.4 of this Article shall not be affected, i.e. if the Service
Provider’s insurance company remits the indemnity payment after the Service
Provider compensated for the damage as laid down in the first sentence of this
Clause, the Client is entitled to indemnity payment in the amount that equals the
difference between the indemnity payment and the payment already received in
accordance with the first sentence of this Clause; if the Client received more than it
has been entitled to (in particular as a result of a direct payment from the insurance
company), the difference must be returned to the Service Provider.
14.4.6 If the insurance company, for whatever reason (with the exception of a case of failure
to provide collaboration by the Service Provider when investigating an insured event
of a covered loss), refuses to remit the indemnity payment, the amount of payment
set out in Clause 14.4.5 of this Article shall be deemed as the limit of compensation.
14.4.7 Provable culpability of the Service Provider is a prerequisite for the entitlement to
compensation for damages against the Service Provider. The Client and the Service
Provider undertake to provide each other with any necessary collaboration, in
particular collaboration requested by the other Party (including the provision of any
necessary documentation), so that i/ it is possible to claim incurred damage under the
Service Provider’s insurance, ii/ the Service Provider’s liability is apparent without
any doubts; if this obligation is breached, any periods related to the compensation for
damage shall be prolonged by the period of delay of its performance. The
collaboration in accordance with this Clause must be provided mutatis mutandis also
in cases when taking action is necessary to minimize the damage.
14.4.8 The Service Provider is in any case entitled to compensate the damage by restitution
to the original state. The Client is not entitled to deny this right to the Service
Provider, otherwise the Service Provider’s liability for the damage incurred shall
cease in the moment this right is denied.
14.4.9 If the Service Provider is liable for damages together with other persons
(proportional liability), the Service Provider shall be liable for damages to the Client
only to the extent of its liability. If there is a reasonable and demonstrable doubt
about the infliction of damage by the Service Provider, the entitlement to
compensation for damage shall not be established.
14.4.10 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these GTC, only tangible damage shall be
compensated, and the Client shall not be entitled to the compensation for intangible
damage (e.g., damage to reputation, goodwill, know-how etc.) or the compensation
for lost profits, fines, penalties, or default interests. The Client also shall not be
entitled to the compensation for damage caused to third parties that the Client would
like to recover from the Service Provider under his right of recourse.
14.4.11 The maximum amount of compensation for damage from a single event of a covered
loss shall be €100,000 (one hundred thousand euros) unless other provisions under
this Article stipulate a lower maximum amount for compensation for damage. The
Parties may agree otherwise in the Order.
14.4.12 The provisions of Article 14 shall be without prejudice to provisions under Clause
14.5 of this Article.
14.4.13 The provisions of Article 14 shall apply accordingly to liability for damage caused
by breach of confidentiality obligations under Clause 15.5 and following of these
GTC.
14.5 Where the Client failed to comply with one of the obligations under Clause 5.8 of these GTC:
a) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Clause, the Service Provider shall not be
liable for any damages incurred by the Client or third parties as a result of the improper
use of the Above-the-Standard Aids,
b) the Client shall be liable to the Service Provider for damage incurred by the Service
Provider or, where applicable, by a member of the Service Provider’s staff, as a result of
the handling of an Above-the-Standard Aid which could have been avoided by the
compliance with the obligations pursuant to Clause 5.8 of these GTC; this shall not apply
where such damage is caused solely by a breach of the Service Provider’s or a member of
the Service Provider’s staff obligations and where such damage would have been
incurred even if the Client had duly complied with the obligations pursuant to Clause 5.8
of these GTC.
Article 15
Service of Documents, Confidentiality of Information and Confidentiality Obligation
15.1 Any notices, requests, demands, requests for consent or any other communication served by
one Party to the other Party in e-mail, paper form or by way of MetriQ (where the Client has
concluded License Agreement as laid down in Article 16 of these GTC) shall require a
response from the other Party in the same or similar manner, allowing for unambiguous
recording of the contents of the response. In the case of non-compliance with the form of the
response, the burden of evidence with respect to the contents and delivery of the response
rests on the sender.
15.1.1 The information contained in MetriQ shall be, where the Client has entered into
a License agreement (Article 16 of these GTC), regarded as made available by its
uploading to MetriQ, which will be evidenced by creating a relevant log int he
system.
15.2 Contents of an e-mail shall be deemed delivered if i) its receipt and/or review is
acknowledged manually, ii) the e-mail reply containing the original e-mail message that is to
be delivered has been received; mere automatic reply without intervention of the addressee
shall not be deemed proof of due and proper delivery with the exception of confirmation of
reading the email sent by the postal software/server of the addressee.
15.3 Written communication exchanged between the Parties shall be deemed duly delivered:
a) on the date of its actual delivery to the addressed Party;
b) on the date of expiry to no avail of the period for collection at the postal carrier, also if
the addressee was not aware of the deposition;
c) on the date of an unsuccessful attempt to deliver the communication, if the delivery was
obstructed by culpable action or negligence of the addressee, (e.g., addressee’s refusal to
receive the communication, missing designation of the addressee at its physical address).
d) on the next calendar day following the date of making available of the electronic
document in MetriQ, if the Client has entered into a License Agreement (Article 16 of
these GTC).
15.4 Where a AfEC has been entered into between the Service Provider and the Client, this shall,
in case of a contradiction concerning delivery, take precedence over the provision of Clauses
15.2 a 15.3 of this Article.
15.5 The Parties shall treat confidential any and all confidential information as well as all facts of
which they become aware in association with performance provided under a contractual
relationship constituted according to these GTC and which relate to the other Party, if such
information is of a provable commercial significance to the other Party or other competitors
on the market.
15.5.1 Confidential information shall include all facts and information comprising trade
secrets pursuant to Section 17 of Act No. 513/1991 Coll. The Commercial Code, as
amended, and also any information demonstrably and unambiguously identified as
confidential by the other Party. Without prejudice to the above, confidential
information shall also include any information that is not publicly accessible,
information of technical, commercial or other nature labeled by either of the Parties
as confidential, or that is required to be treated (having regard to the circumstance
known to the other Party at the time of its disclosure) as confidential, or any
information the nature of which indicates to any reasonably informed person that
such information is confidential. Confidential information shall also include any
information of technical, trade or commercial nature (including product plans and
similar designs, development plans, forecasts, analyses and strategies),
specifications, plans, charts, training materials, formulas, sketches, models, samples,
procedures, ideas and inventions (also if not subject to special protection), data,
software, or documentation in any form, whether on any material data carrier or
provided verbally, as well as information received from a person other than a Party,
provided that such other person is subject to the confidentiality obligation.
Confidential information shall also include information concerning the situation of
either of the Parties, its products, processes, performance and also prices, surcharges
and costs agreed in the Orders.
15.5.2 To avoid disputes concerning the nature of information, a Party disclosing
information that is required to be deemed confidential to the other Party, while it is
not clear from the nature of the matter that it is confidential beyond any doubt, shall
be obliged to clearly label such information as confidential.
15.5.3 The prices of the Service Provider agreed with the Client shall always be deemed
confidential, even if not specifically labeled as such.
15.6 The confidentiality obligation shall apply during the term of the contractual relationship to
which these GTC are a part of, and for another 1 year after it ceases to exist;
the confidentiality obligation shall transfer to legal successors of the Parties, if any. A Party
may be discharged of this obligation only by the other Party’s written declaration.
15.7 The confidentiality obligation shall not apply to the facts that:
a) are or will be made available to employees or third parties in relation to performance of
activities under the contractual relationship established pursuant to these GTC on the
“need to know” basis due to their work position, office held and/or their role in the
performance under the contract;
b) were demonstrably obtained from a third party that is authorized to disclose such
information;
c) have become publicly available without the breach of confidentiality obligation by any of
the Parties;
d) have been developed by a Party independently and without using any confidential
information pursuant to the provisions of this Article;
e) May be made available on the basis of a specific agreement entered into between the
Client and the Service Provider.
15.8 The following shall not be considered a breach of the confidentiality obligation:
a) disclosure of information to third parties holding an interest in the company of either of
the Parties;
b) disclosure of information to legal advisors or other representatives, who are legally
obligated to maintain confidentiality for the purpose of due and proper performance of
their activities, provided that such persons must be informed in advance of the
confidential obligation related to the matter in question;
c) disclosure of information after the other Party’s prior written consent to the disclosure of
individual information protected by the confidentiality obligation has been obtained;
d) disclosure of information to relevant authorities for the purposes of, or within the scope
of judicial proceedings, arbitration proceedings or proceedings before any other public
authority, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the
confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions
(e.g., holding closed proceedings);
e) disclosure of information to a governmental, bank, tax or other authority with
supervisory powers that is authorized and competent to request such information in
compliance with the applicable legal regulations, provided that such authority must be
informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it
to take necessary precautions;
f) disclosure of information a Party is legally required to disclose.
15.9 The Parties further undertake to protect any information pertaining to the other Party that are
subject to confidentiality pursuant to this Article at least in the same extent as if such Party’s
own information was concerned and undertake to impose the confidentiality of information of
the same scope also on their organizational units/branches, managerial staff or employees
(and also cooperating persons) coming in contact with such information whereas each of the
Parties shall be fully liable for breaches of obligations by such persons.
Article 16
The Usage of MetriQ and License
16.1 The Client obtains access to and may use MetriQ on the basis of a License Agreement, which
takes the form of either a Standalone License Agreement (Clause 2.14.1 of these GTC) or an
Order-based License Agreement (Clause 2.14.2 of these GTC).
16.2 Order-based License Agreement
16.2.1 The provisions of the following Clauses 16.2.2 – 16.2.4 apply only for the period in
which the Service Provider and the Client do not have a concluded Standalone
License Agreement.
16.2.2 If, pursuant to an Order, the Client wishes to share Reports and other data
in MetriQ, it shall designate this fact in the Order and based on the above
the Service Provider then decides on making the MetriQ system available to the
Client for the given Task, depending on the possibilities and nature of the Order. By
attaching its signature to the Order with the declared interest in using MetriQ,
the Client undertakes to uphold the License Terms that represent an annex to these
GTC. The License Agreement shall be deemed entered into at the moment of
providing access to MetriQ to the Client (e.g., to the person of the Client who
issued the Order, Person Responsible for Work Procedure or the Person authorized
to Sign the Worksheet) do MetriQ.
16.2.3 The scope of MetriQ features made available to the Client based on an Order-based
License Agreement shall be determined by the Service Provider.
16.2.4 The License to use MetriQ with the scope of features as specified in Clause 16.2.3
shall be provided free of charge. Where the Client is interested in extending the
scope of available MetriQ features, it must enter into a Standalone License
Agreement, with the Service Provider.
16.3 After entering into the Standalone License Agreement, Order-based License Agreements are
not concluded anymore. Thus, even if an Order-based License Agreement should be
established (i.e. an Order contains interest in using MetriQ and the Service Provider gives
the Client access to MetriQ), Order-based License Agreement shall not be concluded where
an applicable Standalone License Agreement already exists, as the latter, if applicable, always
grants the Service Provider a greater scope of rights than the former Order-based License
Agreements.
Article 17
Common and Final Provisions
17.1 Early termination of the Service provided on the basis of an accepted Order is only possible
after a mutually demonstrable written agreement entered into between the Service Provider
and the Client, or on the basis of unilateral termination of the Order in cases where these GTC
or the Order itself allow it.
17.1.1 In the event of proper termination of the Order, the Order is terminated (with ex
nunc consequences) upon delivery of such a manifestation of will. Termination of
the Order does not release the Client from the obligation to pay the Service Provider
the price for duly provided Services until the termination of the Order, including all
related financial claims that the Service Provider incurs in accordance with, or on
the basis of the Order in question, as well as any claims arising from these GTC.
17.2 For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby stated that even if in the past there has been (even
repeatedly) an invoice issued by the Service Provider paid only after the issuance of an
internal order under Clause 4.7 of these GTC, this fact cannot be interpreted as an implied
agreement or business custom that would eliminate the applicable nature of Clause 12.2.1 of
these GTC.
17.3 Where these GTC require a written form and do not state otherwise, it applies that the written
form is maintained if the act is made in writing that allows its content to be permanently
captured (a document, electronic document in MetriQ, e-mail, etc.). However, for written
communication made under an Order, the use of any of the following languages is required:
Slovak language, the language used in the Order, a language in which the Parties
demonstrably communicate, or the language on which the Parties demonstrably agree in
writing.
17.4 Contractual relationships between the Parties not regulated in these GTC or by any Order
shall be governed by the applicable provisions of generally binding legal regulations of the
country of residence of the Service Provider (i.e. the Slovak Republic) including, without
limitation, the applicable provisions of the Commercial Code (in particular those regulating
contracts for work), as amended. Should these GTC and/or the Order address certain
relationships between the Parties in a manner other than that required by the applicable legal
regulations, these GTC and contractual arrangements shall take precedence, provided that this
concerns a conflict with a legal provision that may be derogated from, or application of which
may be excluded (i.e. in the case of a conflict, the discretionary provision of the Commercial
Code shall be deemed excluded). In the case of a conflict between these GTC and an Order,
the provisions of the Order shall take precedence.
17.4.1 If a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client has been
established under a separate contract (i.e. not under an Order pursuant to Article 4 of
these GTC), referencing to these GTC, where such GTC refers to an Order, it shall
be deemed a reference to such separate contract.
17.4.2 Where an AfEC or a License Agreement to MetriQ has been entered into between
the Client and the Service Provide, these agreements take precedence before the
provision of these GTC in the matters expressly regulated by the AfEC/License
Agreement and to which they relate (including the matters regulating servicing of
documents, confidentiality, and confidential information).
17.5 Should the conflict of law provisions allow for the selection of jurisdiction, then any disputes
between the Service Provider and the Client arising out of contractual relationships
established according to these GTC shall be resolved by the competent Slovak courts. For the
purposes of determination of jurisdiction it shall also apply that the place of contractual
performance shall be deemed the location of the performance of a Task (Clause 4.2.1c)
herein). If, however, the Service Provider provides its Services pursuant to these GTC outside
the territory of the Slovak Republic, the competent courts are the courts of the Slovak
Republic regardless of the location of the Task performance.
17.6 Should any provision of these GTC be invalid, the validity of other provisions shall not be
affected.
17.7. These GTC shall become valid and effective on the date written in the heading. As on the
same date, the GTC issued by the Service Provider before 1. January 2025 cease to be
applicable and effective; nonetheless, contractual relationships established under Orders
incorporating the previous GTC shall be governed by the previous GTC.
17.8 The Service Provider is entitled, from time to time, to unilaterally amend these GTC. The
contractual relationship between the Client and the Service Provider established pursuant to a
particular Order shall be governed by the GTC wording applicable and in effect at the time of
a due delivery of the confirmed Order to the Service Provider.
Annex to the GTC
License Terms
for Using the MetriQ View Application
1. Definitions for the Purposes of these License Terms
1.1 Licensee is a legal entity or a natural person – entrepreneur with whom HOLLEN has entered
into a License Agreement.
1.1.1 License Agreement is an agreement that incorporates these License Terms. The
License Agreement may also be incorporated directly in the Service Agreement or
be part of its annexes or other documents (e.g. General Terms and Conditions) to
which the Service Agreement refers. The License Agreement is entered into as:
a) Standalone License Agreement, which represents a separate agreement,
independent from a specific contract, (in the form of a separate document) and
which is also designated as “License Agreement”
b) Order-based License Agreement, which is a License Agreement different
from a Standalone License Agreement and is entered into on the basis of
an Order (which contains the expressed interest of the Client to use MetriQ
for a specific Task, as well as the acceptance of the General Terms and
Conditions, to which these License Terms are an annex) and the granting of
access to MetriQ by the Service Provider.
1.2 Service Agreement means any agreement between HOLLEN and the Licensee, the subject of
which is the provision of services by HOLLEN in the field of quality assurance of production
and/or processes, which include, in particular, the inspection of Components associated with
sorting activities and possible correction works, additional modifications, finishing and
assembly services, and services related to quality assurance of Components, production
support services, shop works, logistics and assistance services, or other services, if such
agreement includes the acceptance of these License Terms (e.g. framework agreement, partial
agreement, accepted Order based on the General Terms and Conditions).
1.2.1 Component means a component, part, article, semi-finished product, material or
any combination thereof to which the services provided under the Service
Agreement relate.
1.2.2 Task means a comprehensive service (or possibly a set of services) provided under a
specific Service Agreement.
1.2.3 Report means a data output prepared by HOLLEN relating to a specific Task
(performed under a Service Agreement by HOLLEN) and to a specific time period.
The report contains data related to a specific Order.
1.3 MetriQ Suite (hereinafter referred to as “MetriQ”) means an electronic system for the
digitization of the workplace aimed in particular at the digital collection, distribution
and presentation of data on individual Tasks and the electronic sharing of documents relevant
to the Task (e.g. technical documentation). MetriQ is a cloud-based solution, a computer
program and is protected by copyright.
1.3.1 MetriQ View application (hereinafter referred to as “MQV”) means the part of
MetriQ constituting a web presentation portal, enabling viewing and presentation of
data, sharing of documents and possibly (after concluding a separate agreement for
electronic communication) also serves for document approval. MQV has various
features.
1.3.2 MetriQ Input application (hereinafter referred to as “MQI”) means the part of
MetriQ used by persons on the part of HOLLEN in the provision of services under a
Service Agreement, whereby these persons enter relevant data related to the Task
into MetriQ.
1.3.3 MetriQ Admin application (hereinafter referred to as “MQA”) means the part of
MetriQ representing the ability to perform selected access management and settings.
1.3.4 MetriQ Core (hereinafter referred to as “MQC” means a database of data created
on the basis of inputs via MQI and other internal information systems of HOLLEN
and represents an integral and essential part of MetriQ.
1.3.5 Log is a computer file with a control record of certain activities performed in
MetriQ.
1.3.6 Technical Documentation is all documentation that is relevant from the point of
view of the Task, in particular Work Procedure, documents related to occupational
health and safety, documents related to the rules that must be followed in the
workplace/on the premises where the Service is performed, etc.
1.3.7 Data means any information stored in electronic form belonging to a specific Task,
collected using MQI or entered into MetriQ by HOLLEN (or persons on its part) in
a way other than through MQI, or information entered into MetriQ directly by the
Licensee; Data in particular means the data on the total time required for the
performance of a Task, or its individual parts and selected information
on Components (e.g. their numbers and other specifications) to which the Task
relates, but also Technical Documentation of the Task (in particular Work
Procedure), Reports and other documents (e.g. Orders and invoices).
1.3.8 Downtime means the impossibility of using MetriQ or its part, e.g. due to system
maintenance, Internet connection failure, etc.
1.4 User means each Account Holder and the Administrator.
1.4.1 Account Holder is the person who has been granted access to MQV by the
Administrator. Account Holder access is obtained through access login data that,
based on the Administrator’s action, will be sent by the automated system to the
Account Holder’s e-mail address specified in the name list, service agreement or
otherwise provided by the Licensee. Account Holder may also be a person outside
the Licensee’s organization, if it is necessary for them to have access to MQV based
on their work position (e.g. the quality assurance staff of the Final Customer).
1.4.2 Administrator means the MQA User on the part of HOLLEN, who manages
MetriQ and administers the selected MetriQ settings. The Administrator may also be
a person on the part of the Licensee, usually for a special fee, however, solely based
on agreement with HOLLEN, which determines the scope of the permissible
authorizations. Without such a separate written and demonstrable agreement, the
Licensee shall not be entitled to the use of the Administrator role for a person on its
part. User access is obtained through access login data that, based on the
Administrator’saction on the part of HOLLEN, will be sent by the automated system
to the User’s e-mail address specified in the Name Register, Service Agreement or
otherwise provided by the Licensee in another demonstrable manner in writing.
1.4.3 Access Data means a unique username and password of a specific User.
1.4.4 Name Register is an optional list of persons on the part of the Licensee, which
contains in particular a list of workers of the Licensee who are or should be Users;
Licensee’s worker is any natural person in a direct or intermediary contractual
relationship with the Licensee, performing activity for the Licensee as a contractor,
or in a subordinated relationship (hereinafter referred to as the “Licensee’s
Worker”). In addition to the name and surname, the Name Register also contains
the User’s email address, enabling the receipt of informative messages related to the
use of MetriQ (e.g. Access Data).
1.5 Technician means a person on the part of HOLLEN, who is listed as the Technician in the
Service Agreement or is visible in the specific Order (Task) in the contacts section directly
in MetriQ.
2. License
2.1 License means the Licensee’s right to use MQV, or MQV and MQA, in the case the
possibility of using MQA by the Licensee’s Worker has been agreed.
2.2 The Licensee accepts these License Terms by entering into an Order-based License
Agreement, or a Standalone License Agreement, to which these License Terms form an
annex.
3. Basic License Terms
3.1 The Licensee and all Users are entitled to use MetriQ only in the manner permitted by the
License Agreement and these License Terms.
3.2 Basic Licensing Provisions:
3.2.1 The License is granted on a non-exclusive basis.
3.2.2 The Term of License:
a) In the case of a Standalone License Agreement, the License is granted for a
period of up to 2 years after the end of the last Task performed by HOLLEN
for the Licensee.
b) In the case of an Order-based License Agreement, the License is granted for a
period of up to 6 months after the end of a specific Task.
The above term applies only unless the License Agreement stipulates otherwise.
This shall be without prejudice to the provision of Clause 12.2 of the License Terms.
3.2.3 The scope of the Licence:
a) The License allows the Licensee to use those features that are made available to
the Licensee by HOLLEN, usually based on mutual agreement of both parties; if
the Licensee wants to have a legal entitlement to make certain specific features
available, such agreement must be made in writing, e.g. directly in the License
Agreement or a subsequent agreement (e.g. in the form of e-mails, a special
document or an electronic document signed by authorized representatives of both
parties, etc.), whereas on behalf of HOLLEN, besides the company’s statutory
body and Chief Clerk, such agreement may be entered into by the General
Manager or Branch Director.
b) The License allows the use of MQV by any User; of the features available to the
Licensee, the scope of these features for a specific User is determined by the
Licensee on the basis of a demonstrable agreement with HOLLEN,
3.2.4 Territorial scope of the License: unlimited.
3.3 It is prohibited to share the User’s access data with other persons, even where these other
persons have their own access data. Violation of this prohibition causes the possibility of
termination of the License Agreement pursuant to Clause 12.1 of the License Terms.
3.3.1 The provisions of the Clause 3.3 of the License Terms shall not apply if the sharing
of access data is allowed in the License Agreement.
4. Special License Terms
4.1 Licensee shall ensure that the Users use the MQV only for the following purposes:
a) displaying of selected data pursuant to Section 5 of the License Terms using the available
features (Clause 3.2.3 of the License Terms),
b) generating reports, or other available outputs to the extent and in the manner allowed by
MQV itself and the features made available (Clause 3.2.3 of the License Terms),
c) uploading documents for Tasks,
d) approving of selected documents in the event that a separate Agreement for Electronic
Communication has been signed between the Licensee and HOLLEN.
4.2 Access to data displayed in MQV is provided through a web interface and using remote
access technologies.
4.3 The Administrator on the part of the Licensee is not entitled to grant access to persons who do
not operate in the Licensee’s organization.
5. Data and data security
5.1 HOLLEN collects data using electronic channel (in particular the MQI) with the exception of
cases when technical circumstances prevent this.
5.2 The data contained in MetriQ represent confidential information; the Licensee (and also each
User) is obliged to maintain confidentiality with respect to the data and not to disclose it to
third parties except as permitted in these License Terms or in the License Agreement (or
another agreement). If the data also represent a business secret, the legal provisions governing
the protection of business secrets shall also apply accordingly.
5.3 The provision of Clause 5.2 of the License Terms also shall not apply to the disclosure of data
by the Licensee to:
a) its employees or other Licensee’s Workers who have special legal interest in
the disclosure of data (e.g. by virtue of their position) and are bound by the obligation of
confidentiality regarding the data,
b) persons who are related parties or demonstrably personally affiliated parties of the
Licensee (through majority shareholders), or subsidiaries of these parties, as well as
employees or other employees of these parties, whereas, however, the Licensee is obliged
to have them undertake the same obligation of confidentiality, as under Clause 5.2 of the
License Terms.
5.4 If the Task is performed a) at the premises of the Licensee’s Final Customer or b) in
the logistics’ premises or external warehouses on the part of the Licensee or on the part of the
Licensee’s Final Customer, the data may also be made available to relevant persons on their part.
5.5 The data may also be made available by one of the Parties to:
a) the Licensee’s Final Customer or supplier (or persons on their part), if these persons are
involved in a specific Task and are to be informed about the details of the Task
performance,
b) the License’s logistics service provider (or persons on their part), if they are to be
informed about the details of the Task performance,
c) the Licensee’s Final Customer (or persons on its part), if they are to be informed about
the details of the Task performance,
d) persons who are part of the communication (related to the Task) sent to the Licensee,
e) other persons with a valid license to use MQV to whom the Task data concerns,
f) legal representatives and similar officers of the Parties, who are legally obligated to
maintain confidentiality, as well as public authorities, if the data is disclosed to them on
the basis of the law,
g) to such other parties as may be specifically agreed between HOLLEN and Licensee.
5.6 If the scope of the data made available in MQV to the Licensee is not specified in the Service
Agreement or the License Agreement, it shall be determined by HOLLEN; however, if the
Licensee wishes to have a legal entitlement to having access to certain specific data, such
arrangement must be captured in writing (e.g. in the form of emails, a separate document or
an electronic document signed by authorized representatives of both Parties).
5.7 HOLLEN is entitled to collect, use (in the widest possible sense of the word) and disclose the
data to other entities in the manner regulated in these License Terms without the separate
consent of the Licensee. However, with regard to the use of data by HOLLEN, it applies that
the data is used exclusively for the provision of information about Tasks to designated
persons, for the creation and presentation of analyses, for invoicing and also for the further
development of MetriQ, whereas HOLLEN may process the data separately for the above
purposes and do so in the broadest possible sense.
5.8 MetriQ is operated within the Microsoft systems environment (e.g. server in MS Azure,
Windows Server and Microsoft SQL database), with regular updates by HOLLEN, especially
in terms of updating security patches.
5.9 HOLLEN also:
a) ensures data security, in particular by establishing that all communication between the
User and MQV takes place via an encrypted HTTPS protocol,
b) ensures that the SSL certificate is up-to-date and valid.
c) continuously evaluates logs and attempts to respond to suspicious activities.
5.10 HOLLEN grants access to MetriQ (including the data stored therein) to an external company
that develops and modifies MetriQ for HOLLEN, while, however, said company is bound by
the confidentiality obligation under a relevant agreement.
5.11 HOLLEN may use the data (including personal data of the Licensee’s Workers comprising
their name, surname, e-mail and phone number, the name of the company for which they
work) in its other information systems, or possibly disclose it to:
a) third parties that are related parties or are affiliated to HOLLEN,
b) suppliers of IT services for HOLLEN, who are involved in the development and
maintenance of the MetriQ system.
6. Other terms and conditions
6.1 The Licensee is not entitled to grant access to MQV to persons who are not Users.
6.2 HOLLEN recommends that each User changes their access password after the first login.
6.3 MQV Licensee is advised to supply HOLLEN with a Name Register. Without receiving the
Name Register, HOLLEN will grant access data only to persons for whom such a need will
result from the concluded Service Agreement for the given Task (in particular persons
specified in the agreement), or to persons pursuant to point 5.5 of the Licence Terms.
6.3.1 HOLLEN may grant Administrator permissions to a specific person on the part of
the Licensee, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Clause 1.4.2 of the
License Terms.
6.4 The Licensee Administrator has the right to grant user access to a person other than the
Licensee (in particular an external worker) only with the prior demonstrable consent granted by HOLLEN.
6.5 The Administrator on the part of HOLLEN is entitled to deactivate a User’s user account where:
a) such User abuses MQV in any way, or there is a reasonable suspicion of MQV abuse,
b) such User violates the provisions of the License Terms,
c) there is a suspicion of misuse or unauthorized disclosure of the User’s access data or
other data, or where such misuse or unauthorized disclosure is confirmed,
d) HOLLEN ascertains from a reliable source that the current User is no longer active in
the Licensee’s organization, or their job position has changed in such a way that they no
longer require access to MQV.
e) the relevant User account has not been used (in particular the User has not logged in) for
over 2 months.
6.6 HOLLEN shall be entitled to correct errors in MetriQ and release new versions/updates
of MetriQ and install them automatically without Licensee’s consent.
6.7 HOLLEN is entitled at any time and at its sole discretion to make updates and upgrades
to MetriQ in order to improve the security and modify system features.
6.8 The Licensee shall be responsible for ensuring that individual Users comply with the License
Terms and, in particular, the prohibition under Clause 3.3 of the License Terms (without
prejudice to the provisions of Clause 3.3.1 of the License Terms).
6.9 MetriQ features require that the device through which the User wants to access the system has
Internet access. HOLLEN shall not be responsible in any way for the User’s inability to access
the MetriQ features due to missing or insufficient internet access. HOLLEN does not supply
any technical equipment necessary to access MetriQ.
6.10 MQC is also subject to separate copyright protection, whereas the party initiating and
ensuring the creation of the database is HOLLEN, which also holds copyright protection of
the database whereas the Licensee does not hold any specific rights pertaining to it, as the
Licensee’s inputs do not represent any qualitatively or quantitatively significant contribution
to obtaining, verifying or rendering the database content.
6.11 Instructions for use and training
6.11.1 HOLLEN shall provide training materials free of charge for the purpose of
becoming familiar with the usage of MetriQ to the extent determined by HOLLEN.
6.11.2 HOLLEN may also provide specific training for prospective Users based on
agreement with the Licensee.
7. Logs and Cookies
7.1 In the event of disputes arising between HOLLEN and the Licensee regarding the Users
conduct in the use of MetriQ, the MetriQ Logs shall prevail, to which the Licensee hereby
grants consent by using MetriQ.
7.2 MetriQ solely collects cookies necessary for the due operation of the respective websites,
whereas it does not use analytical or marketing cookies.
8. Personal Data
8.1 The Licensee consents to the processing of personal data of Users and third parties on its part
provided to HOLLEN (e.g. in the order/agreement, Name Register, separately by email) for
the purpose of compliance with HOLLEN’s contractual obligations towards the Licensee
as well as other contractual partners. At the same time, the Licensee is obliged, if required
by law, to obtain the consent of the affected Licensee’s Workers to provide their personal data
to HOLLEN, otherwise the Licensee shall be liable to HOLLEN for any damage incurred
by HOLLEN as a result of or in connection with the missing consent. The provisions of this
Clause shall apply reasonably also to other persons on the part of the Licensee (e.g. Final
Customer of the Licensee, logistics premises on the part of the Licensee).
8.2 HOLLEN is not obliged, in view of the Licensee’s obligation under Clause 8.1 of the License
Terms, to investigate whether a particular Licensee’s Worker (or a third party on the
Licensee’s part) has consented to the provision of their personal data to HOLLEN; the
Licensee shall be solely responsible for providing consent.
8.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses 8.1 and 8.2 of the License Terms, the Licensee is
obliged, in cases where required by the Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament
and of the Council on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of
personal data and on the free movement of such data (GDPR), or a similar regulation, or as
required by the Personal Data Protection Act, to ensure, immediately after entering into the
License Agreement, the consent of the data subjects who are to be in the position of Users to
the use of their personal data in MetriQ, including its disclosure to third parties under these
license provisions (e.g. Clause 5.11 of License Terms), otherwise the Licensee shall be liable
for any damage (including sanctions, loss of profit, damage to reputation) incurred by
HOLLEN.
8.4 For the avoidance of doubt, by disclosing personal data of natural persons (in particular
Users) by the Licensee or a specific User, the Licensee automatically declares that it has
obtained the consent of the data subject to process their personal data and provide it to third
parties to the extent specified in these License Terms and to the extent to which the Licensee
disclosed them or to the extent to which the personal data was disclosed by persons on the
Licensee’s part.
9. Restrictions and Prohibitions
9.1 Licensee shall not be entitled to decompile, decrypt, disassemble, reverse engineer or attempt
to derive the source code of any part of MetriQ. The structure, layout and computer code of
MetriQ (as well as its parts) represent confidential and classified information and are subject
to copyright protection. The Licensee is also obliged to maintain confidentiality concerning
the technical solution (e.g. user interface, features) of MetriQ and its individual parts, which is
also considered confidential information.
9.2 The Licensee and any of the Users shall not be entitled to:
a) remove, overlay, or modify any copyright, trademark, or other proprietary or intellectual
property notices that may be displayed in MetriQ,
b) access MetriQ in a manner that represents an attempt to copy, extract or reuse any part of
the data or parts of MetriQ, outside the use of official MetriQ features, or in a manner
contrary to these License Terms,
c) access MetriQ in a different way than using the assigned username and password (e.g. by
trying to break the security measures, hacking, etc.),
d) circumvent the technical limitations of MetriQ,
e) reproduce, modify or create derivative works from MetriQ (or parts thereof),
f) transfer or assign a license, grant a sub-license,
g) lease, lend, transfer, sell or redistribute access to MetriQ or any parts thereof,
h) use the provided rights of the Administrator, if any, contrary to the purpose of the
authorizations granted, contrary to the scope of the authorizations granted or contrary to
the provisions of the License Agreement or these License Terms or contrary to other
special agreements with HOLLEN,
i) use MetriQ in violation of the terms of use under these License Terms, in particular use
MetriQ to transmit computer viruses, worms, Trojan horses or other malware,
j) use MetriQ in violation of generally binding legal regulations.
9.3 HOLLEN shall not be liable for the User disclosing their access data to a third party and the
above shall not, in any way, represent an aggravating circumstance for HOLLEN.
9.4 Access to MetriQ is provided “as is” or “as available”. HOLLEN shall not be liable for the
impossibility, if any, or only limited possibility of using MetriQ, nor will it be liable for errors
in MetriQ.
9.5 The Licensee has the option to report errors in MetriQ in a manner consistent with Section 11
of the License Terms.
9.6 HOLLEN shall not be liable for any damage or loss resulting from the use (including misuse),
interruption (including downtimes, network attacks, system maintenance, etc.), suspension or
termination of the use of MetriQ, including the procedure under Clause 6.5 of the License
Terms. In particular, HOLLEN shall not be liable for any consequences of any decisions
taken by the Licensee based on an incorrect or incomplete interpretation of the data available
in MetriQ.
10. Specific Obligations in Relation to Service Agreements
10.1 In the event of a downtime, the data on the Task shall be collected in paper form or in a
different manner agreed by the Parties and subsequently entered into the MetriQ system by
HOLLEN without any undue delay after the downtime has been eliminated.
11. Reporting Faults and Downtimes
11.1 The Licensee is obliged to notify HOLLEN immediately of any fault or MQV downtime at
metriq@hollen.sk or to notify the Technician who will convey the information to HOLLENs
IT department.
11.2 HOLLEN removes faults from MetriQ on an ongoing basis, with HOLLEN itself setting its
own deadlines for removal of the faults, taking into account the severity of the fault. The
removal of faults is performed by deploying a MetriQ update, while the time and method of
deploying the MetriQ update is solely in HOLLEN’s own discretion. Downtime, if arising on
the part of HOLLEN, is eliminated by HOLLEN without any undue delay after detection.
11.3 Any reporting of faults or deficiencies, or suggestions for improvement of MetriQ, shall be
sent by the Licensee to the Technician.
12. License Termination
12.1 In addition to the manners of License termination specified directly in the License Agreement,
the License shall also terminate upon termination of the License Agreement by HOLLEN in
the event of a breach of these License Terms by the Licensee or a User. The termination shall
then take effect upon its delivery to the Licensee.
12.2 The License shall terminate in cases other than under the Clause 12.1 of the License Terms
only upon the revocation of access by HOLLEN to the Licensee or individual Users, whereas
HOLLEN shall be entitled to revoke such access not earlier than after the expiration of the
time for which the License was granted under Clause 3.2.2 of the License Terms; during the
period from the expiration of the term for which the License was granted under Clause 3.2.2
of the License Terms until the revocation of access under this Clause, the License shall be
deemed to be automatically renewed.
12.2.1 For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby stated that if the license has been granted
several times or for several Tasks (in particular on the basis of several Order-based
License Agreements), the termination of the License for one Task does not affect the
rights to use MetriQ for other Tasks, i.e. the validity of the License within one Task
does not affect the validity of the License for another Task; this shall not apply to
the case under Clause 12.1 of these License Terms, where all Licenses granted shall
terminate, unless HOLLEN states otherwise in the notice of termination.
12.3 If the Licensee has entered into a Standalone License Agreement with HOLLEN, this shall
take precedence over any claims from partial mutually agreed Orders, i.e. the termination of
one Task does not entail the termination the License for this Task pursuant to Clause 12.2 of
the License Terms, however, the License to use MetriQ (for all Tasks of the Licensee,
including completed Tasks) expires only with the termination of the License Agreement.
12.4 After the termination of the License, the Licensee shall not be entitled to use the data
(including excerpts, transcripts and copies) in any other way than to defend its rights in legal
proceedings, if any, or in the event of transferring of the data to public authorities on the basis
of their legitimate request.
12.5 After the termination of the License, HOLLEN shall not be obliged to make the data available
to the Licensee in any way unless specifically agreed in writing; this shall be without
prejudice to the possible entitlement to data export provided this was specifically agreed in
the License Agreement.
12.6 Termination of the License shall not affect any claims for damages or other consideration that
arose during the term of the License or are causally connected to the term of the License.
13. Final Licensing Provisions
13.1 In the event of a breach of any obligation set out in these License Terms, Licensee shall be
liable for all damage thereby incurred directly or indirectly (e.g. a recourse claim) by
HOLLEN, regardless of whether such breach of obligation is eventually sanctioned by a
contractual penalty.
13.2 The Licensee shall be liable for the actions of all persons who use MetriQ on its part (in
particular the Users), as well as for the actions of all persons to whom it has made possible,
either itself or through the Users, to use MetriQ, as if the Licensee was acting alone.
13.3 The Licensee acknowledges that the provisions of these License Terms shall be without
prejudice to any other legal obligations arising from the use of MetriQ (in particular the
Copyright Act).
13.4 Regarding confidentiality, the relevant provisions of the License Agreement, the Service
Agreement as well as the relevant provisions of legal regulations shall apply.
13.4.1 The confidentiality obligation does not apply to the provision of the necessary
information to suppliers of technical solutions implemented in MetriQ, who may
need access to data due to maintenance, repairs, upgrades, removal of faults or
downtime.
13.4.2 Disclosure of data or other data in accordance with these License Terms shall not
constitute a breach of confidentiality.
13.4.3 Disclosing the data or other information to parties under Clause 5.5f) of the License
Terms shall not constitute a breach of confidentiality.
13.5 The provisions of the Service Agreement shall apply to the serving of documents.
13.6 In the event of a conflict between the provisions of these License Terms and the provisions of
the License Agreement, Agreement for Electronic Communications or Service Agreement,
the provisions shall take precedence in the following order:
a) for provisions relating to License Terms (the right to use MetriQ): 1. provisions of the
License Agreement (including these License Terms), 2. provisions of the Agreement for
Electronic Communication, 3. provisions of the Service Agreement,
b) for provisions relating to electronic communication (including the exchange and
confirmation of electronic documents): 1. provisions of the Agreement for Electronic
Communication, 2. provisions of the Licence Agreement (including these Licence
Terms), 3. provisions of the Service Agreement,
c) for other provisions relating to the performance of the Task: 1. provisions of the Service
Agreement, 2. provisions of the Agreement for Electronic Communication, 3. provisions
of the License Agreement (including these License Terms).
If any single of the above agreements has not been entered into, its ranking in the order of
precedence shall be disregarded.
13.7 Should any provisions of these License Terms be valid only in part or should they later
become null and void, this shall be without prejudice to the validity of the remaining
provisions. Instead of the null and void provisions, the regulation that reflects as closely as
possible the intent and purpose of these License Terms shall be used.
13.8 In the event that it is the User confirming their acknowledgement of these License Terms
directly (in particular by clicking on the above option within the MetriQ web interface after
logging in), while they do not have the role of a Licensee, said User undertakes to comply
with these License Terms to the extent that they apply to their User role (i.e. Account Holder,
Administrator) through said acknowledgement expressed in the above manner.
14. The Governing Law and Jurisdiction with Respect to the License Terms
14.1 In the event of a conflict of two laws, the applicable law is the law of the Slovak Republic.
14.2 The courts of the Slovak Republic shall have jurisdiction to settle disputes arising under these License Terms.
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN Hungária Kft. in Hungary valid from 1.4.2016
General Commercial Terms and Conditions applicable to HOLLEN Hungária Kereskedelmi és Szolgáltató Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság in Hungary
as of 01.04.2016
Article I
Introductory Provision
1.1 These General Commercial Terms and Conditions (hereinafter referred to as „GCTC” only) govern the relationship between the company HOLLEN Hungária Kereskedelmi és Szolgáltató Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság, having its registered office at: H – 9028 Győr, Fehérvári út 75. ép., Hungary, identification number of the company: 24956417-2932-113-08, EU VAT: HU24956417, Company Registration Number: 08-09-026396, recorded by Registry Court of the Győr Tribunal (hereinafter referred to as the „Service Provider” only) and the entity who orders its services defined in Article III of these GCTC (hereinafter referred to as the „Client” only), except the situation when the applicability of these GCTC was excluded by separate service agreement concluded between the Service provider and the Client.
Article II
Definitions of terms
2.1 Service Provider – a legal entity providing services under these GCTC (i.e. HOLLEN Hungária Kft.).
2.2 Client – a legal entity ordering services from the Service provider under these GCTC.
2.3 Final Customer – a legal entity, to whom the components – being the subject matter of services provided according to these GCTC – are designated; Final Customer and Client may, but need not be the same person.
2.4 Component – element, article (commodity), semifinished (intermediate) product, substance or any combination thereof that is the subject matter of the services provided according to these GCTC.
2.5 Order – a document, by which the Client orders particular task and which is prepared, delivered and signed in compliance with Article IV of these GCTC. Acceptance of an Order by the Service Provider in accordance with Article IV of these GCTC shall constitute a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client.
2.6 Task – a service or a set of services under these GCTC which relate to Components and which are provided on the basis of one particular Order.
2.7 Quality Department Operative – Client’s responsible person appointed for the relevant Task in the Order; Final Customer’s representative may also act in such a capacity if so decided by the Client, nevertheless the activity of such a person shall directly oblige the Client under these GCTC.
2.8 Service Provider’s Staff – employees or other co-operating persons (individual entrepreneurs, legal entities) of the Service Provider or its subcontractors, who provide services on behalf of the Service Provider to the Client under these GCTC; they are mainly: operators, technicians, residents, co-ordinators.
2.8.1 Technician – Service Provider’s responsible person for the Task in question identified in the Order.
2.9 Work Procedure – written key operating document containing a detailed description of individual steps implemented on Components that are the subject matter of the Task realization.
2.10 Worksheet – document confirming the type and scope of the provided Services, which is the background document for invoicing.
2.11 8D – ordinary procedure standardly used in the automotive industry in order to improve the production quality and to solve a variety of problems, including complaints.
Article III
Services
3.1 Services provided according to these GCTC include, without limitation:
a) services concerning the quality supply of production and/or processes including, in particular, inspection of Components associated with sorting activities and corrective actions and additional modifications, if any;
b) any other services associated with quality assurance of Components including, without limitation, production support, shop works, logistics and assistance services
(hereinafter referred to as the “Services” only).
3.2 Particular type and scope of the provided Services are specified in the contract/Order.
Article IV
Ordering Services
4.1 Services under these GCTC shall be provided based on the separate contract or under the specific, mutually confirmed Orders; when the Order is applied, a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client enters into force upon the acceptance of Client´s Order prepared according to these GCTC by Service Provider. These GCTC shall become the part of contractual relationships established under the previous sentence.
4.2 The Order has to be recorded in writing, either in printed (hard copy or fax printout) or electronic form and it has to be delivered:
a) electronically (especially via e-mail containing the scan of the paper-printed Order as the attachment or an electronic file with electronic signature allowing clear and unambiguous identification of the person acting on behalf of the Client);
b) by fax or by hand.
4.2.1 Each Order shall contain:
a) identification of the Component(s) representing the subject of the Services provided within the Task,
b) definition and description of the ordered Services, including definitions of corresponding quantifiable units relating to the ordered Services (i.e. quantity, time) as far as it is possible related to the given Service,
c) identification of the Task realization place (Article 6.1 of these GCTC),
d) specification of the date of starting the Task realization,
e) specification of the particular Technician appointed for the given Task,
f) specification of the price for the ordered Services;
g) name, surname, title/position of the person entitled to sign the Order on behalf of the Client;
h) declaration of the Contracting Parties that these GCTC shall be the part of the contractual relationship established by the accepted Order.
4.2.2 Each Order may also contain:
a) the estimated finish date of the Services;
b) appointment of the Client’s person authorized to sign the Worksheet,
c) appointment of the Quality Department Operator,
d) appointment of the Client’s Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters (person competent to organize invoice settlement),
e) request for specific equipment provision by Service Provider (Article 5.7 of these GCTC);
f) request for the partial Worksheets´form and frequency of their provision (Article 9.4 of these GCTC);
g) Work Procedure (Article 5.1 of these GCTC),
h) definition of special kind of costs, which the Client shall pay to the Service Provider (Article 11.4 of these GCTC);
i) Order Number;
j) request for delivery of the paper-form invoice (Article 12.3.2 of these GCTC),
k) appointment of the person who shall receive the electronic invoice (Article 12.3.1 of these GCTC),
l) other requests, conditions and arrangements, if any.
4.2.3 Order (or its attachment) may also include the appointment of more Quality Department Operators, as well as the sharing of powers/authorization resulting from these GCTC to each of them (i.e. entitlement to sign the Work Procedure or any amendments thereto, entitlement to handle complaints, etc.).
4.3 Orders shall be preferentially drawn up on blanks of order prepared by the Service Provider. Based on information and backgrounds delivered by the Client the Service Provider shall pre-fill the blank and then he shall send it to the Client. The Client shall send signed binding Order to the Service Provider after completion of missing data. In order to create the contractual relationship the Service Provider has to accept the Order; the acceptance shall be realized by the signature of the Service Provider’s authorized person put on the Order (Article 10.1 of these GCTC). The accepted Order (as contract) becomes binding for both Contracting Party at the moment when the Service Provider delivers to the Client the accepted (i.e. duly signed by both Contracting Party) Order pursuant to Article 4.6 of these GCTC.
4.4 The Service Provider may – in its own discretion – also accept Order prepared by different way, as it is described in Article 4.3 of these GCTC (mostly concerning the order made by usind Client’s own blanks), provided that such Order does contain at least “essentialia negotii” included into Article 4.2.1 of these GCTC.
4.4.1 When the Order pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GCTC lacks declaration pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h/ of these GCTC only, the Service Provider is still entitled to accept that Order, while the contractual relationship established pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GCTC shall enter into force at the moment of additional declaration pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h/ of these GCTC recorded in writing (Article 4.2 of these GCTC shall be applied accordingly); the Contracting Parties shall make such declaration prior to commencement of the Task, otherwise the Contract does not incurred.
4.5 The Client’s Order shall be considered duly delivered, also when it was delivered to the Service Provider:
a) in paper form in the hands of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.1 of these GCTC), or
b) by fax sent to the fax number given in the blank order sent by the Service Provider to the Client accordingly to the second sentence of Article 4.3 of these GCTC, or
c) by e-mail sent to the Technician´s e-mail address given in the blank order sent by the Service Provider to the Client accordingly to the second sentence of Article 4.3 of these GCTC or by e-mail sent to the same address of the Service Provider, from which the blank order has been sent pursuant to Article 4.3 of these GCTC,
d) by fax or e-mail sent to the address of the Service Provider’s authorized person pursuant to Article 10.1 of these GCTC, when the Order has been prepared pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GCTC.
4.6 The accepted Order shall be considered duly delivered, when it was properly delivered:
a) in paper form, in the hands of person on the Client’s side, or
b) by fax to the number given in the Order signed by the Client, or
c) by e-mail sent to the e-mail address of the Client’s person having signed the Order,
d) by fax or e-mail sent to the number/e-mail address from which was that Order dispatched from the Client’s side, in case of the Order according to Article 4.4 of these GCTC.
4.7 The Service Provider is not obliged to accept the Client´s binding Order. The binding Order ceases to be valid, when it was not accepted and delivered to the Client within 48 hours calculated from the time of its delivery to the Service Provider.
4.8 The another Client´s Order for identical Services provided after the conclusion of a contract/contractual relationship pursuant to this Article shall not be deemed a legally binding order and it shall be considered solely made for the Client’s internal needs (e.g. SAP ERP), even if such an Order was confirmed by the Service Provider, i.e. such additional Order shall not modify or replace the original contractual relationship and shall be deemed an internal document of the Client only; this shall not apply in the case of definite cancellation or clear modification of the original Order, provided that such cancellation or modification is unambiguously, incontestably and directly stated in the later Order with a reference to the original provisions that are being cancelled/modified, or to the entire original Order identified by a concrete date (and therefore general statement declaring that new Order replaces all prior agreements or any similar provision will not be enough).
4.9 Any reference to an Order in the subsequent Articles shall be deemed reference to an accepted Order pursuant to this Article establishing a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client.
Article V
Implementation of the Task
5.1 A detailed description of the implementation of each Task has to be included in the Work Procedure prepared and signed jointly by a Technician and a Quality Department Operator, unless the Work Procedure has been annexed to the Order.
5.2 The Service Provider’s responsible employee coordinates the implementation of a Task based on the Work Procedure.
5.3 Changes in the Work Procedure, if any, has to be made in the form of written amendments signed by the Technician and the Quality Department Operator; when the third party (i. e. the Audi Hungaria Motor Kft.) is involved in the Work Procedure, or, when the work area is held by a third party, the signatures of Quality Department Operator and Producer´s (Manufacturer’s) representative are required. The amendment has to contain a description of the change and information about the precise time of its approval and/or the time when it is to become effective.
5.4 In order to implement the Task by due and proper way the Service Provider shall ensure a sufficient number of its employees (possessing the abilities, knowledge, efficiency and skills required for the given Task) realizing the Task.
5.5 The Technician is the Service Provider’s responsible person for matters relating to the Task; he shall, without limitation:
a) coordinate and manage the work of other Service Provider’s staff involved in the implementation of the Task,
b) participate in the elaboration of the Work Procedure in compliance with these GCTC and sign it on behalf of the Service Provider (including any amendments thereto), unless these GCTC stipulate otherwise,
c) prepare Worksheets and partial Worksheets,
d) perform activities in ensuring quality of the provided Services and in handling the complaint procedure pursuant to Article XIII of these GCTC,
e) act as the Service Provider’s contact for receipt of any suggestions, comments or requests relating to the Task; the Technician shall be informed without any delay about all organisational changes related to the Task implementation or about restrictions inhibiting due and proper Task realization,
f) contact the Quality Department Operator whenever needed, but especially in order to ask for the necessary co-operation.
5.6 Unless agreed otherwise between the Client and the Service Provider, the Service Provider shall ensure basic equipment and accessories, tools and working material required for the implementation of the Task (i.e. marking pens, stickers, identification labels, pens, sheets of paper, forms, tapes and other consumables), as well as any equipment required to ensure safety and protection of health at the workplace, within the obvious range and the consumption (hereinafter jointly “Basic Work Aids”).
5.7 The Service Provider and Client may agree that the Service Provider shall secure for its own staff as well as other work equipment or tools, such as desks, lighting fixtures, binding devices etc. (hereinafter the “Above Standard Aids”); otherwise they are to be secured by the Client. The corresponding agreement with detailed description/listing of the Above Standard Aids to be secured has to be specified in the Order.
Article VI
Place of Providing of the Services
6.1 Services according to these GCTC are provided mainly in the Client’s premises or in the Final Customer’s premises or on the Service Provider’s premises. The exact place of providing of the Services and the costs associated with such place, if any, has to be specified in the Order.
6.2 The Client is obliged to ensure the Service Provider’s employees involved in the implementation of any particular Task access to the place of providing of the Services, if located in the Client’s or Final Customer’s premises and to provide them with the required means (identification cards, name tags, etc.).
6.3 The Client is obliged to secure appropriate premises for providing of the Services and related activities (such as supply and removal of materials) and to equip such premises with appropriate devices allowing an efficient provision of the Services.
6.4 The Client shall be responsible to ensure that the place of the Service provision meets all the requirements set out in applicable legal regulations, in particular those dealing with occupational safety and health and fire protection.
Article VII
Time of Task implementation
7.1 The Service Provider undertakes to secure that any Task implementation shall commence at the time agreed upon in the Order, otherwise in the customary time, considering the location and accessibility of the place of Task implementation.
7.1.1 Compliance of the Service Provider with the time of the Task implementation commencement is conditional upon receiving the required co-operation to be provided by the Client/Final Customer pursuant to Article VIII of these GCTC.
7.2 The Duration of the Service provision (in hours) will be continuously recorded in the Worksheet prepared by the Technician and confirmed by the Client’s appointed person (Article 9.3 of these GCTC).
7.3 The Duration of the Service provision is to be recorded in the Worksheet; it shall include also the time required for:
a) transfers of materials through logistics operations,
b) packaging,
c) idle times not caused by Service Provider’s staff,
d) periods of time corresponding to duration of statutory breaks,
e) time required for organizational arrangements in support of Tasks,
f) elaboration of partial Worksheets (Article 9.4 of these GCTC), reports and final documentation for the Task.
Article VIII
Client’s Co-operation
8.1 The Client shall provide the Service Provider all the co-operation required in connection with the Task implementation without limitation, such as:
a) to provide all specialized technical information necessary for due and proper providing of Services;
b) to provide the Components that are to be the subject of the Services and/or to provide access to such Components;
c) to provide access to the place of Service provision;
d) to secure working environment that is in conformance with the applicable legal regulations dealing with occupational safety and health;
e) to give any required additional instructions and clarifications of requirements related to any particular Task;
f) to secure work aids, tools and other equipment not provided by the Service Provider;
g) to provide co-operation required under the provisions of these GCTC (for example Articles 5.1, 6.3, 7.2);
h) to provide additional co-operation, in particular as and when requested.
8.2 When the Client fails to provide necessary co-operation to the Service Provider pursuant to previous item, the Service Provider is entitled to interrupt the provision of Services.
8.3 When the failure of providing of necessary co-operation by the Client results in interruption of the provision of Services, the Service Provider is not in delay with fulfilment of his obligations for the period of delay in the provision of co-operation under the Article 8.2 of these GCTC, and is not liable for any damage originating in relation to such interruption; in this case, the time of interruption of the provision of Services is considered downtimes that were not caused by the Service Provider’s employees under the Article 7.3 letter c) of these GCTC, for which the Service Provider is entitled for remuneration in the full amount, as if no downtime occurred.
8.4 If the Client fails to specify any Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters in the Order, he is obliged to notify him to the Service Provider in a provable way within 10 days from the date when the Order was signed.
8.5 The provisions of this Article shall be also applied accordingly to the Final Customer, if the Task is implemented either on the Final Customer’s premises or with the Components in the possession of the Final Customer; in such cases, the Client will be required to ensure the Final Customer’s co-operation in the required extent (in particular according to the provisions of this Article) and he is responsible for the non-fulfilment of the co-operation by the Final Customer like this co-operation hasn´t been provided by the Client itself.
Article IX
Worksheet and partial worksheets
9.1 The Technician shall prepare the Worksheet on provided Services.
9.1.1 The Worksheet shall include:
a) the number of hours spent by providing Services by all Service Provider’s staff, or
b) the number of other measurable units quantifying the provision of Services, assuming that these were defined in the Order (Article 4.2.1 letter b/ of these GCTC), or
c) remuneration for the provided Services.
9.1.2 The Worksheet may include:
a) the list and quantity of Components that were subject matter of the provision of Services and/or kind of the provided Services,
b) data on the quantity of identified defective Components and on the quantity of repaired Components,
c) the number of the Service Provider´s staff involved in the Service provision,
d) other facts as were agreed upon between the Technician and the Quality Department Operator.
9.2 The Worksheet shall be prepared after the Task implementation or upon expiry of the calendar month (if the Task implementation takes more than 60 days).
9.2.1 Subject to agreement between the Client and Service Provider, Worksheets may also be prepared at other mutually agreed times.
9.3 Worksheets confirmed by the Client’s person specified in the Order (Article 4.2.2 letter b/ of these GCTC) shall serve as the base for invoicing; if the Client failed to specify such person in the Order, the person referred to in Article 10.3 of these GCTC are entitled to sign the Worksheet. The Client’s person who confirms the Worksheet shall also indicate his/her name, surname and position and/or title next to his/her signature. The Client’s person whose task includes the confirmation of the Worksheet prepared by the Service Provider, is supposed to either, confirm, or comment on the Worksheet within five (5) days after the Client received the Worksheet and shall do so either by means of electronic message, letter or fax. If the Client failed to comment on the Worksheet within a specified time, the Worksheet is deemed approved, even if it was not approved within that specific time (so fiction of approval will apply). If the Service Provider demonstrates all of the Client´s comments duly, then the Worksheet shall be considered approved and such approval takes effect upon dispatching the revised new Worksheet.
9.4 Upon the Client’s request, the Service Provider may also prepare partial Worksheets containing data requested by the Client and will be prepared in a form and/or at frequencies requested by the Client; but, the Service Provider has to prepare such partial Worksheets only at a specific situation, which is that if such obligation was included in the Order (Article 4.2.2 letter f/ of these GCTC). Partial Worksheets shall not serve as the base of invoicing, and shall serve only the Client´s needs.
Article X
Authorized persons
10.1. The persons of the Service Provider authorized for signing the Order are:
a) statutory representative of the Service Provider,
b) chief clerk of the Service Provider, if appointed,
c) director of the Service provider’s branch,
d) Technicians,
each of them independently.
10.2 When Client does not appoint a specific Quality Department Operator in the Order, any member of the Customer’s staff (mainly the employee or co-operating person) is entitled to act according to these GCTC in the name of the Client, whose rank fits the specified function, while the Service Provider is not entitled to investigate, if the specified person oversteps – his powers or not; the action of such person binds the Client in full extent except the case if it has been demonstrated that the Service Provider knew about the exceeding of such authority, and fails to inform the Client about this fact without any unreasonable delay.
10.2.1 The Client has the right to notify, in a provable way, missing contact data on the respective Quality Department Operator, as well as change of these data, any time to the Service Provider; the notification has to state clearly who has signed it on behalf of Client.
10.3 The provisions of Article 10.2 of these GCTC shall apply similarly to the person of Client who is entitled to sign the Worksheet (Article 4.2.2 letter b) of these GCTC) if such a person is not appointed in the Order.
Article XI
Remuneration for Provided Services
11.1 The Client undertakes to pay remuneration for the Services provided by the Service Provider in the amount agreed in the Order and these GCTC beforehand.
11.2 The relevant legal VAT rate will be added to remuneration. Remuneration will be invoiced, in accordance with the provisions of this Article, according to the actual number of hours of providing Services and/or other quantifiable units (Article 4.2.1 letter b) of these GCTC) at which the Services were provided and as specified in a confirmed Worksheet.
11.3 Besides the remuneration for provided Services specified in the Order, other Surcharges may be added:
a) at nights (18.00 – 06.00) 30%
b) on Saturdays 100%
c) on Sundays and on other non-working days (public holidays) 100%
If different amount of Surcharges are agreed or if the payment of the Surcharges are excluded, then the provisions of the Order shall prevail.
11.4 Besides the remuneration for performed Services, the Client is obliged to reimburse the specific costs for the Service Provider, agreed in the Order.
Article XII
Payment conditions and sanctions
12.1 Remuneration for provided services is due on the basis of the invoice issued by the Service Provider:
a) after completion of the task; or
b) after the end of the given calendar month for services provided in the given month; or
c) after the end of the calendar week, if remuneration for services provided in the given calendar week exceeds EUR 2,000.00.
12.2 The invoice is due 14 days from its delivery to the Client unless longer maturity date is specified in the invoice. If earlier maturity data is stated on the invoice than the date specified in this Item, maturity date specified in this item shall be decisive for delay of the Client in settlement of the invoice.
12.3 The Client consents to making out its invoice in an electronic form, when he sent his Order to the Service Provider (Article IV of these GCTC).
12.3.1 The Service Provider will send invoices preferably to the Client’s person issuing the Order, or to the person the Client named in the Order; nonetheless, invoices may be mailed also to the Client’s general e-mail address as known to the Service Provider or as specified on the Client’s web page, in particular if the invoice is returned as undelivered from the addresses referred to in the first part of the sentence before the semicolon, or if no notification confirming the receipt is returned from such addresses.
12.3.2 The fact that the Client requires also/only a paper copy of the invoice must be expressly stated in the Order. The Service Provider may also comply with the Client’s request to provide a paper copy of an invoice sent in later.
12.4 The invoice must meet all requirements of the tax document, must be issued in accordance with the provisions of these GCTC, and must be duly delivered to the Client.
12.5 The copy of the relevant confirmed Worksheet demonstrating legitimacy of invoicing must be enclosed to the invoice.
12.6 In case of any delay with the invoice settlement, the Client shall pay to the Service Provider interest on late payment from the time of default calculated by the central bank base rate in effect on the first day of the calendar half-year to which it pertains, or – if the monetary debt is to be satisfied in a foreign currency, by the base rate of the issuing central bank, or failing this, by the money market rate. For the purposes of calculating the interest, the central bank base rate in effect on the first day of the calendar half-year affected shall apply to the entire period of the given calendar half-year.
Article XIII
Guarantee of quality and liability for defects
13.1 The Service provider is a holder of certificates of the Integrated Management System ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and BS OHSAS 18001:2007 guaranteeing the quality of provided Services. The Service provider shall provide Services with professional care and in the quality guaranteed in accordance with the aforementioned certificates.
13.2 In order to assure the required quality of Services, the Service provider shall continuously monitor them and shall immediately notify the Quality Department Operator through the Technician about any obstacles at Client´s side which prevent to achieve the required quality of provided Services; when the Technician provides such information orally, he shall repeat it as well in the form of e-mail or fax to the Quality Department Operator, if his contact data are specified in the Order, or if the Client notified them to the Service provider in accordance with Article 10.2.1 of these GCTC. The Quality Department Operator is also entitled to inspect the observance of the quality of provided Services, and in case of any doubts about this quality he has to inform the Technician immediately. Next to the consultation of incurred concerns regarding quality of provided Services with the Quality Department Operator, the Technician shall enact the repeated inspection of Components together with elimination of their possible defects; he also prepares about this fact the written record which has to be signed by Technician and Quality Department Operator. If the repeated check of quality reveals faulty performance of Services, the Service Provider will not be entitled to any compensation for the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check. If no faulty performance is revealed by the repeated check, the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check recorded in a Worksheet will be deemed time of provision of Services for which the Service Provider will be entitled to a compensation in line with the provisions of these GCTC.
13.3 If it is revealed after the Services will have been performed, and in any case during the first incorporation of Components into relevant equipment whose first direct part is a Component (such as a larger component, system component, module, integrated module, automobile, etc.) at the latest, that the Services have not been provided at the guaranteed quality, the Client will be required to notify the identified defects in the provided Services in writing to the Service Provider (hereinafter referred the “Complaint”) without undue delay, but at the latest within 5 days after the Client has become aware of the relevant defect, otherwise the Client’s right to enforce any claim(s) under the liability for defects in the provided Services will cease to exist after the lapse of the above time limit.
13.4 The Service Provider will not be liable for defects occurring as a result of:
a) improper or incorrect handling of the subject of performance of Service by a person other than the Service Provider after the Service has been performed,
b) the fact that the Service Provider marked the subject of Services, or any of its part, as unfit for use and/or not meeting the requirements resulting from the Work Procedure and the Client (or a Client’s person, such as the Final Customer) has released such item for subsequent use and/or in further circulation despite such fact,
c) defects/insufficiencies in the Work Procedure which, nonetheless, have been approved by the Client,
d) a Force Majeure event; for the purposes of these GCTC, a Force Majeure event is deemed (without limitation) a war, invasion, acts of foreign adversary, foreign adverse acts, civil war, mutiny, acts of civil disobedience, consequences of military or usurping powers, confiscation or nationalization or seizure or destruction under an order, or in the course of execution of any order issued by governmental or other public bodies, consequences of the use of any military weapons utilising nuclear fission or radioactivity irrespective of whether at the time of peace or war, industrial incidents, natural disasters, protracted power failures, crisis and/or other emergency circumstance(s); however, events such as, without limitation, shortage of qualified labour force, non-performance of obligations by persons cooperating with the Contracting Parties, unfavourable economic situation of a Contracting Party will not be deemed Force Majeure events.
13.5 The Client will be required to provide the Service Provider with all the necessary co-operation (particularly, but not limited to the Service Provider’s request) required in the process of verification of a Complaint; the Client is mostly required to provide photo documentation, background documentation, records of communication, data held by the Client or the Final Customer and information relating, or possibly relating to the Complaint and/or the Service being the subject matter of the Complaint.
13.5.1 Breach of the Client´s obligation referred to in Article 13.5 of these GCTC results in voiding of any entitlements under defects about which the Complaint has been made.
13.6 The Complaint settlement has to commence without undue delay after its claiming, at the latest within 10 business days, and has to be resolved in the shortest possible time. The Service Provider shall either recognize or refuse a Complaint within 15 days of its claiming.
13.6.1 When the Service Provider confirms a Complaint, the Client shall be entitled for free removal of the defect, unless the Service Provider and Client provably agreed on a different manner of Complaint settlement.
13.7 When the Client normally uses 8D-Report, the Service Provider shall provide to the Client an 8D-Report according to 8D time limits.
13.8 When a written record on manner of Complaint settlement is made, such record has to be signed by the Client and the Service Provider’s authorized person referred to in Article 10.1 of these GCTC. The Client is entitled to present any comments or own opinions in the written record.
13.9 The Contracting Parties always have the possibility to agree on an alternative manner of handling and/or resolution of a Complaint in the written report on manner of Complaint settlement.
Article XIV
Ownership of Components; Liability for Damages and Compensation for Damages
14.1 The Service Provider shall not become the owner of Components received for the purpose of the Task implementation.
14.2 The Service Provider shall be liable for any inflictions made by his employees, causing any damage, loss or destruction of Components received by the Service Provider from the Client (and/or Final Customer) for the purpose of the Task implementation, provided that the mentioned conduct occurs during the Task implementation time; however, the Service Provider shall not be liable for such infliction, when the damage, loss or destruction of Components occurs regardless this infliction, or when it is a conduct, by which the Service Provider’s employee averted a direct threat caused not by him, or if the damage was caused in defence against an imminent or continuing attack.
14.3 When a damage occurs, and pursuant to Article 14.2 of these GCTC the Service Provider is liable for it, the damage shall be compensated through restoration in the original condition or pecuniary compensation; the right of choise belongs to the Service Provider.
14.4 Limits of compensation
14.4.1 When the entitlement to a damage compensation occurs, the Service Provider will compensate for full damage and in any case up to 25% of the value of a Task according to the Order, and up to 25% of the monthly volume of the Task to which the damage relates in the case of long-term Tasks (the implementation of which extends beyond 30 days). Long-term Tasks shall be deemed Tasks that take more than one month to implement and the maximum limit of compensation for damage shall not exceed (regardless of the preceding limits) EUR 100,000.- for each separate Task according to an Order.
Article XV
Delivery of Documents, Confidentiality of Information and Confidentiality Obligation
15.1 Any notices, requests, demands, requests for consent or any other communication served by one Contracting Party to the other in e-mail, fax or documentary forms shall require a response from the other Contracting Party in the same or similar manner, i.e. response has to be made also in e-mail, fax or documentary form allowing for unambiguous recording of the contents of the response. In the case of non-compliance with the form of the response, the burden of evidence with respect to the contents and delivery of the response rests on the sender.
15.2 Contents of a fax transaction shall be deemed delivered if the sender can obtain a fax machine-generated printout confirming its error-free delivery. If any problem of technical nature occurs during the process of transmission of fax rendering the contents of the message impossible to read, the receiving Contracting Party is required to inform thereof the sending Contracting Party without undue delay and to request repeated delivery of the fax message and/or delivery in an alternative way. The Service Provider receives fax communication on working days from 8:30 o’clock until 15:30 o’clock (hereinafter referred to the “Operation Hours”); fax messages delivered to the Service Provider outside the above Operation Hours shall be deemed delivered at the beginning of the subsequent Operation Hours (i.e. at 8:30 o’clock of the next immediately following working day).
15.3 Contents of an e-mail shall be deemed delivered if i) its receipt and/or review is acknowledged manually, ii) the e-mail reply containing the original e-mail message that is to be delivered has been received; only an automatic reply without intervention of the addressee shall not be deemed proof of due and proper delivery.
15.4 Written communication exchanged between the Contracting Parties shall be deemed duly delivered:
a) on the date of its actual delivery to the addressed Contracting Party;
b) on the date of futile expiry of the time limit for collection at the post office, also if the addressee was not aware of the deposition;
c) on the date of an unsuccessful attempt to deliver the communication, if the delivery was obstructed by intentional act of the addressee, in particular by addressee’s refusal to receive the communication.
15.5 The Contracting Parties shall treat confidential all and any facts of which they become aware in association with performance provided under a contractual relationship established according to these GCTC and which relate to the other Contracting Party, if such information is of a provable commercial significance to the other Contracting Party or other competitors on the market.
15.5.1 Confidential information shall also be deemed all facts and information comprising trade secrets in the sense of Section 2:47 as well as 2:55 of the Act No. V from 2013, the Civil Code of Hungary, as amended, and also any information provably and unambiguously identified as confidential by the other Contracting Party. Without prejudice to the above statements trade secrets shall include any fact, information and other data, or a compilation thereof, connected to economic activities, which are not publicly known or which are not easily accessible to other operators pursuing the same economic activities, and which, if obtained and/or used by unauthorized persons, or if published or disclosed to others are likely to imperil or jeopardize the rightful financial, economic or commercial interest of the owner of such secrets, provided the lawful owner is not subject to actionability in terms of keeping such information confidential. Commercial secrecy shall also apply to technical, economic and other practical knowledge of value held in a form enabling identification, including accumulated skills and experience and any combination thereof (hereinafter referred to as „know-how”), if acquired, used, disclosed or published in violation of the principle of good faith and fair dealing. This protection shall not apply where a person obtains the know-how, or any knowledge which essentially has the same attributes:
a) by means of development independent of the proprietor; or
b) by way of testing or analyzing a lawfully acquired product or lawfully received service.
15.5.2 Confidential information shall also be deemed any information of technical, trade or commercial nature (including product plans, development plans, forecasts, analyses and strategies), specifications, plans, charts, training materials, formulas, sketches, models, samples, procedures, ideas and inventions (also if not subject to special protection), data, software, or documentation in any form, whether on any material carrier or provided verbally, as well as information received from a person other than a Contracting Party, provided that such other person is subject to the confidentiality obligation. Confidential information shall also be deemed information concerning the situation of either of the Contracting Parties, its products, processes and performance.
15.5.3 To avoid disputes about the nature of information, the Contracting Parties have agreed that a Party disclosing information that is required to be deemed confidential to the other Party, pursuant to the provisions of this Article, shall unambiguously mark such information as confidential.
15.6 The confidentiality obligation shall not apply to facts that:
a) are or will be made available to employees or third persons in relation to performance of activities under the contractual relationship established pursuant to these GCTC on the “need to know” basis due to their work position, office held and/or their role in the performance under the contract, provided that the relevant Contracting Party is required to inform such person about the confidential nature of the disclosed information;
b) were provably obtained from a third person that is authorized to disseminate such information; or
c) have been developed by a Contracting Party independently and without using any confidential information according to the provisions of this Article.
15.7 The following will not be considered a breach of the confidentiality obligation:
a) disclosure of information to third persons holding an interest in the company of either of the Contracting Parties, provided that such persons are informed in advance about, and subjected in writing to the confidentiality obligation;
b) disclosure of information to legal advisors or other representatives, who are required to abide by the confidentiality obligations by the operation of law, for the purpose of due and proper performance of their activities, provided that such persons has to be informed in advance of the confidential obligation related to the matter in question;
c) disclosure of information after the other Contracting Party’s prior written consent to the disclosure of individual information protected by the confidentiality obligation has been obtained;
d) disclosure of information to relevant authorities for the purposes of judicial proceedings, arbitration proceedings and/or proceedings before any other public authority, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings);
e) disclosure of information to a governmental, bank, tax or other authority with supervisory powers that is authorized and competent to request such information in compliance with the applicable legal regulations, provided that such authority has to be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings),
f) disclosure of information a Contracting Party is required to make by the operation of law.
15.8 The Contracting Parties are further making themselves obliged to protect any information pertaining to the other Contracting Party that are subject to confidentiality pursuant to this Article at least in the same extent as if such Party’s own information was concerned and undertake to impose a confidentiality information of the same scope also on their organizational units/branches, managerial staff or employees (and/or co-operating persons) coming in contact with such information and each of the Contracting Parties shall be fully liable for breaches of obligations by such persons.
15.9 The confidentiality obligation shall continue for the term of the contractual relationship established in conformance with these GCTC and thereafter for three (3) additional years and shall pass onto the Parties’ legal successors in title, if any.
Article XVI
Common and Final provisions
16.1 These GCTC, including any Order as well as separate contracts (Article 16.1.1 of these GCTC) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hungary. Contractual relationships between the Contracting Parties not regulated in these GCTC or any Order shall be governed by the law of the country where the Service Provider has his habitual residence (i. e. Hungary) including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of the Act No. V from 2013 (the Civil Code, especially the rules dealing with contracts for work). Should these GCTC and/or the Order regulates some relationships between the Contracting Parties in a different way than the law, the GCTC and contractual regulation shall prevail, provided that the contradiction relates the dispositive provisions of the law. When a conflict between these GCTC and an Order occurs, preference should be given to the Order.
16.1.1 When a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client has been established under a separate contract (i.e. not under an Order pursuant to Article IV), references in these GCTC to Orders shall be references to such separate contracts.
16.2 For the purposes of determination of jurisdiction, the place of performance under contract shall be deemed the place of the Task implementation (Article 4.2.1 letter c/ of these GCTC).
16.2.1 If the provisions dealing with conflicts of law allow for the choice of a particular governing law, relationships between the Service Provider and the Client, established according to these GCTC, shall be governed by the Hungarian law. Should the conflict of law provisions allow for the choice of jurisdiction, then any disputes between the Service Provider and the Client arising out of contractual relationships established according to these GCTC shall be resolved by the competent Hungarian courts.
16.3 These GCTC shall become valid and effective on the date specified in the heading. As on the same date, the GCTC issued by the Service Provider on 1 February 2011 cease to be valid and effective; nonetheless, contractual relationships established under Orders incorporating then valid GCTC shall be governed by the then valid GCTC.
16.4 The Service Provider is entitled to unilaterally amend these GCTC at any time. The Contractual relationship between the Client and Service Provider established according to a particular Order shall be governed by the GCTC as valid and in effect at the time of proper delivery of the confirmed Order to the Service Provider.
Archive GTC:
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN s.r.o in Slovakia valid from 1.11.2018 to 31.12.2024
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN s.r.o in Slovakia
valid from 1. 11. 2018
Article I
Introductory Provisions
1.1 The present General Terms and Conditions (“GTC“) govern the relationship between HOLLEN s. r. o., with its Registered Office at Kosatcová 24/A, 841 07 Bratislava, Corporate ID (IČO): 35 804 505, VAT ID: SK2020281813, registered in the Commercial Register maintained by Bratislava I District Court, Section: Sro, Registration File No.: 23309/B (the “Service Provider“) and the entity ordering any of the services defined in Article III of these GTC (the “Client“), except where the Service Provider and Client concluded a separate agreement for services under which the applicability of these GTC is excluded.
Article II
Definitions of Terms
2.1 Service Provider – legal entity providing services according to these GTC (i.e. HOLLEN s.r.o.).
2.2 Client – legal person ordering services from the Service Provider according to these GTC.
2.3 Final Customer – legal entity for whom components being the subject matter of services provided according to these GTC are designated; Final Customer and Client may, but do not have to be the same person.
2.4 Component – component, goods, semi-product, material or any combination thereof that is the subject matter of the services provided according to these GTC.
2.5 Order – document through which the Client orders the execution of a particular task and which is prepared, delivered and signed in conformance with Article IV of these GTC. Acceptance of an Order by the Service Provider in conformance with Article IV of these GTC shall constitute a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client.
2.6 Task – a service, or a set of services according to these GTC relating to a Component and being provided under a particular Order.
2.7 Person responsible for Work Procedure – Responsible person on Client’s side (in particular Quality Department Staff) appointed for the relevant Task in the Order; Final Customer’s representative may also act in such a capacity if so decided by the Client and such person’s actions are directly binding for the Client under these GTC.
2.8 Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet – any person appointed by the Client in the Order to sign the Worksheet
2.9 Service Provider’s Staff – employees or other cooperating persons (individuals – operators of trades; legal persons) of the Service Provider or its subcontractors providing the services to the Client under these GTC on behalf of the Service Provider such as, without limitation, operators, technicians, residents, coordinators.
2.9.1 Technician – Service Provider’s responsible person assigned to a relevant Task in the Order.
2.10 Work Procedure – written key operating document containing a detailed description of individual steps performed on Components that are the subject matter of the execution of a Task.
2.11 Worksheet – document confirming the type and scope of the provided Services and serving as the underlying document for invoicing purposes.
2.12 8D – customary procedure used in the automotive industry as a standard method for the improvement of the quality of production and for addressing assorted issues, including complaints.
Article III
Services
3.1 Services provided according to these GTC include, without limitation:
a) services in the area of assurance of the quality of production and/or processes including, in particular, inspection of Components associated with sorting activities and corrective actions and additional modifications, if any;
b) any other services associated with assurance of the quality of Components including, without limitation, production support, shop works, logistics and assistance services (hereafter being referred to as the “Services“).
3.2 Particular type and scope of the provided Services are described in the contract/Order.
Article IV
Placing Orders for Services
4.1 Services under these GTC are provided under individual contracts or specific, mutually confirmed Orders; in the case of specific Orders, a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client is established upon the acceptance by the Service Provider of the Client’s Order made out according to these GTC by the Client. These GTC are an integral part of any contractual relationship established according to the preceding sentence.
4.2 Orders must be placed in writing either in documentary (hard copy or fax printout) or electronic forms and must be delivered:
a) electronically (in particular by e-mail having as its attachment a scanned copy of the Order in paper form, or an electronic file signed with electronic signature allowing for clear and unambiguous identification of the person acting on behalf of the Client);
b) by fax or by hand.
4.2.1 The following particulars must be specified in Orders:
a) identification of the Component(s) that are to be the subject of the Services provided in execution of a particular Task,
b) definition and description of the ordered Services, including definitions of individual quantifiable units relating to the ordered Services (such as quantity, time) as far as possible for the particular Service,
c) identification of the place of execution of the Task (Article 6.1 of these GTC),
d) specification of the date of commencement of execution of a particular Task,
e) assignment of a specific Technician to a particular Task,
f) specification of the price of the ordered Services;
g) name, surname (perhaps even title/position) of the person signing the Order for the Client;
h) declaration of the Contracting Parties that these GTC are an integral part of the contractual relationship to be established under an accepted Order.
4.2.2 Orders may also contain the following information:
a) estimated date of termination of the provision of Services;
b) appointment of the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet,
c) appointment of the Person responsible for Work Procedure,
d) appointment of the Client’s Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters (person competent to secure the settlement of invoices),
e) request that the Service Provider provides specific equipment (Article 5.7 of these GTC);
f) requirement for the form and frequency of furnishing partial Worksheets (Article 9.4 of these GTC);
g) Work Procedure (Article 5.1 of these GTC),
h) definition of special costs the Client will pay to the Service Provider (Article 11.4 of these GTC);
i) Order Number;
j) requirement to be provided with a hard copy of the invoice,
k) appointment of the person to whom the electronic invoice is to be delivered (Article 12.3.1 of these GTC),
l) other requests, conditions and arrangements, if any (e. g. request for fax communication).
4.2.3 Order (or its attachment) may also include the appointment of more than one Persons responsible for Work Procedure and the assignment of individual powers/authorization resulting from these GTC to each of them (e.g. right to sign the Work Procedure or any amendments thereto, right to handle complaints, etc.).
4.3 Orders will be preferentially placed on order forms created by the Service Provider for that purpose. The Service Provider will fill in the order form according to the information and supporting documentation furnished by the Client and will subsequently send it to the Client. The Client, after filling in any missing details, will mail the signed binding Order to the Service Provider. For a contractual relationship to be established, the Service Provider must subsequently accept the Order through its signature by the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.1 of these GTC). Accepted Orders (just like contracts) will become binding on both Contracting Parties upon due delivery of the accepted (i.e. duly signed by both Contracting Parties) Order by the Service Provider to the Client pursuant to Article 4.6 of these GTC.
4.4 Subject to its own discretion, the Service Provider may also accept Orders placed otherwise than according to Article 4.3 of these GTC (in particular orders placed on Client’s own order forms), provided that such Orders will contain at least the mandatory required elements according to Article 4.2.1 of these GTC.
4.4.1 If, in any Order pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC, only the statement pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h of these GTC is missing, the Service Provider is still authorized to accept that Order, provided that the contractual relationship established pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC will become valid and effective only upon delivery of additional declaration pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h of these GTC which must be in the written form (Article 4.2 of these GTC shall apply accordingly); the Contracting Parties must make such declaration prior to commencement of the execution of the Task, otherwise no contract will be established.
4.5 The Client’s Order will be deemed properly delivered, if delivered to the Service Provider:
a) in documentary form in the hands of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.1 of these GTC), or
b) by fax sent to the fax number specified in the order form sent by the Service Provider to the Client as described in the second sentence of Article 4.3 of these GTC, or
c) by e-mail sent i/ to the Technician’s e-mail address specified in the order form the Service Provider sent to the Client pursuant to the second sentence of Article 4.3 of these GTC or ii/ to the same Service Provider’s address from which the order form pursuant to Article 4.3 of these GTC has been sent,
d) in the case of an Order placed pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC, by fax or e-mail sent to the address of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.1 of these GTC).
4.6 The Accepted Order is deemed duly and properly delivered if delivered:
a) in documentary form, in the hands of any Client’s contact person, or
b) by fax to the number specified in an Order signed by the Client, or
c) by e-mail sent to the e-mail address of the Client’s person having signed the Order on Client’s side as specified in the Order, or
d) in the case of an Order placed pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GTC, by fax or e-mail sent to the fax number/e-mail address from which the Order has been dispatched from the Client’s side.
4.7 The Service Provider has no obligation to accept any binding order placed by the Client. Any binding Order not accepted and delivered to the Client within 48 hours of its delivery to the Service Provider ceases to be valid.
4.8 If, after the conclusion of a contract/contractual relationship pursuant to this Article, the Client places another Order for identical Services, this shall be deemed a legally non-binding order made solely for the Client’s internal needs (e.g. SAP ERP) even if the Service Provider confirms such an Order; i.e. such additional Order will not amend or supersede the original contractual relationship and shall be deemed exclusively an internal document of the Client; this shall not apply in the case of explicit cancellation or explicit modification of the original Order, provided that such cancellation or modification of the Order is unambiguously, incontestably and directly stated in the later Order with a reference to the original provisions that are being cancelled/modified, or to the entire original Order identified by a concrete date (to cancel a previous Order only a general statement to the effect that the new Order supersedes all prior agreements, or any other similar provision will not be deemed sufficient).
4.9 The modification of an Order may be executed in particular by placing of a new Order, the provisions of these GTC shall apply accordingly, or by an agreement of the Contracting parties on the subject of the modification. The following terms of the execution of a Task may be modified by reciprocally approved e-mail:
a) length of a Task,
b) expansion of a Task to other Components,
c) limitation of a total volume/value of a Task, even upwards (increasing),
d) change/expansion of the place of execution,
e) change/introduction of surcharges pursuant to these GTC, that were originally excluded.
4.9.1 The modification of an Order shall always be recorded in writing (hard copy, email or fax printout) and the subject of the change of an Order may be agreed by Client’s and Service Provider’s:
a) person, who has signed the original Order,
b) person, who has replaced the person listed in letter a in a position originally held by the person listed in letter a or
c) person superior to persons listed in letters a or b (e. g. superior manager, statutory representative etc.)
4.9.2 Newly agreed terms shall be applicable from the moment specified in an Order and if such moment is not specified, from Service Provider’s acceptance of the Order. Unless otherwise stated in a new Order, the provisions of a previous Order shall apply on the foregoing services provided under the Task.
4.10 Any reference in the subsequent Articles to an Order shall be deemed reference to an accepted Order pursuant to this Article establishing a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client or a separate contract where the application of the GTC has been agreed.
Article V
Execution of Task
5.1 A detailed description of the execution of each Task must be included in the Work Procedure prepared and signed jointly by a Technician and a Person responsible for Work Procedure, unless the Work Procedure has been annexed to the Order.
5.2 The Service Provider’s responsible worker (especially Technician) coordinates the execution of a Task according to the Work Procedure.
5.3 Changes in the Work Procedure, if any, must be made i/ in the form of amendment to the Work Procedure or ii/ by a preparation of updated full text of the Work Procedure. The change according to previous sentence must be made in a written form and shall be signed by the Technician and the Person responsible for Work Procedure. The amendment or updated full text of the Work Procedure pursuant to the first sentence must contain a description of the change and information about the precise time of its approval and/or the time when it is to become effective.
5.4 To ensure due and proper execution of a Task, the Service Provider undertakes to secure a sufficient number of its staff (possessing the abilities, knowledge, efficiency and skills required for the given Task) who will execute the Task.
5.5 The Technician is the Service Provider’s responsible person for matters relating to the Task and shall, without limitation:
a) be responsible for execution and realization of the Task,
b) participate in preparation of the Work Procedure pursuant to these GTC and sign the same on the Service Provider’s behalf (including any amendments thereto), unless set out otherwise in these GTC,
c) prepare Worksheets and partial Worksheets,
d) engage in activities comprising quality assurance for the provided Services, and in the complaint handling procedure pursuant to Article XIII of these GTC,
e) act as the Service Provider’s point of contact for receipt of any suggestions, comments or requests relating to the Task; the Technician must receive information about any organizational changes relating to the execution of the Task , or obstacles preventing due and proper execution of any Task without delay,
f) contact the Person responsible for Work Procedure as and when needed, in particular for requesting any required collaboration.
5.6 Unless agreed otherwise between the Client and the Service Provider, the Service Provider shall secure basic equipment and accessories, tools and working material required for the execution of the Task (e.g. marking pens, stickers, identification labels, pens, sheets of paper, forms, tapes and other materials as may be required), as well as any equipment required to secure safety and protection of health at the workplace, all of the preceding in the customary scope and quantity (hereinafter jointly “Basic Work Aids“).
5.7 The Service Provider and Client may agree that the former shall also secure other work equipment or tools, such as desks, lighting fixtures, binding devices etc. (the “Above Standard Aids“), otherwise they are to be secured by the Client. The corresponding agreement with detailed description/listing of the Above Standard Aids to be secured must be specified in the Order or recorded in writing later.
Article VI
Place of execution of Task
6.1 Services according to these GTC are performed mainly in the Client’s premises, or in the Final Customer’s premises or on the Service Provider’s premises. The exact place of execution of the Task and the costs associated with such place, if any, must be specified in the Order.
6.2 The Client is obliged to provide the Service Provider’s staff involved in the performance of any particular Task with access to the place of execution of the Task, if located in the Client’s, Final Customer’s or third party’s premises and to provide them with the required means (identification cards, chips, name tags, etc.).
6.3 The Client is obliged to secure appropriate premises for the performance of the Services and activities related to the performance of the Services (such as supply and removal of materials) and to equip such premises with appropriate equipment/devices allowing an efficient performance of the Services.
6.4 It will be the Client’s responsibility to ensure that the place of execution of the Task meets all the requirements set out in applicable legal regulations, in particular those dealing with occupational safety and health and fire protection.
Article VII
Time of Execution of Task
7.1 The Service Provider undertakes to secure that the execution of any Task will commence at the time agreed upon in the Order, otherwise in the customary time, considering the location and accessibility of the place of execution of the Task.
7.1.1 Compliance of the Service Provider with the time of commencement of execution of the Task is conditional upon receiving the required collaboration to be provided by the Client pursuant to Article VIII of these GTC.
7.2 The Duration of the performance of Services in hours will be continuously recorded in the Worksheet prepared by the Technician and confirmed by the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet.
7.3 The Duration of the performance of Services is to be recorded in the Worksheet which will also include the time required for:
a) management and execution of logistics operations,
b) packaging and associated organizational arrangements (e.g. ensuring compliance with the packaging regulation),
c) informing the Technician and other Service Provider’s staff with internal regulations effective in a place of execution of the Task and possible changes of these regulations,
d) idle times not caused by Service Provider’s staff,
e) periods of time corresponding to duration of statutory breaks (e.g. lunch breaks),
f) time required for organizational arrangements in support of Tasks (including meetings with departments for the purpose of execution of the Task),
g) preparation of partial Worksheets (Article 9.4 of these GTC), reports and final documentation for any Task,
h) provision of photo documentation (e.g. in order to record the quality of controlled Components or other parts).
Article VIII
Client’s Collaboration
8.1 The Client is required to provide all the collaboration required for the execution of any Task to the Service Provider without limitation, such as:
a) to provide all specialized technical information that may be required for due and proper performance of Services;
b) to provide the Components that are to be the subject of the Services and/or to provide access to such Components;
c) to provide access to the place of execution of the Task;
d) to secure work ambience that is in conformance with the applicable legal regulations dealing with occupational safety and health;
e) to give any required additional instructions and clarifications of requirements relating to any particular Task;
f) to secure work aids, tools and other equipment not provided by the Service Provider;
g) to provide additional collaboration required under the provisions of these GTC (e.g. Articles 5.1 , 6.3 , 7.2 );
h) to provide any collaboration, in particular as and when requested.
8.2 If the Client fails to provide the required collaboration pursuant to the preceding section, the Service Provider will be entitled to discontinue the performance of Services.
8.3 If the provision of Services is discontinued due to failure of the Client to provide the required collaboration, the Service Provider will not be deemed defaulting with the provision of Services while collaboration pursuant to Article 8.2 of these GTC is not being provided, and will not be liable for any damage occurring in causal relationship with such discontinuation; in such a case, the duration of discontinuation of the performance of services is deemed idle time not caused by the Service Provider’s staff pursuant to Article 7.3 letter d of these GTC.
8.4 If the Client does not specify any Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters in the Order, the Client will have the obligation to notify such staff member to the Service Provider in a provable manner within 10 days after signing of the Order.
8.5 The provisions of this Article shall also apply accordingly to the Final Customer (eventually also to other third party), if any Task is executed either on the Final Customer’s premises or with the involvement of Components in the possession of the Final Customer; in such cases, the Client will be required to secure the Final Customer’s (or other third party’s) collaboration in the required extent (in particular according to the provisions of this Article) and will be liable for any non-collaboration by the Final Customer as if the collaboration had been refused by the Client itself.
8.6 The Client shall inform the Service Provider in a specific and demonstrable way (for instance in the Order, Work Procedure, etc.) that a Task concerns the Components, which in the automotive industry are regarded as safety components or components with special features (e.g. safety features), usually distinctively labeled or labeled in a documentation i. e. D/TLD-characteristics or ESD (hereafter as “Safety Component“) and take this situation into account in the Work Procedure, so that the Work Procedure would correspond to the fact that the Safety Component is being handled. If the Client fails to inform the Service Provider, the component shall not be considered a safety component for the purpose of the Task and the Service Provider shall not be liable for the consequences that may arise (i. e. improper handling or storage) and the Client is not entitled to set up any claim(s) originating from or related to the fact that the Component has actually been a Safety Component. The Client shall be solely liable for the deficiencies in the Work Procedure related to the handling of the Safety Component.
Article IX
Worksheet and Partial Worksheets
9.1 The Technician will prepare a Worksheet concerning the provided Services.
9.1.1 The Worksheet must include the number of hours of performance of Services by all Service Provider’s staff or the number of other measurable units quantifying the provision of Services, as long as these were defined in the Order (Article 4.2.1 letter b of these GTC.
9.1.2 The Worksheet may also include:
a) a list and quantities of Components that were the subject of Services and/or type of the provided Services,
b) information about the number of identified faulty Components, and the number of repaired Components,
c) number of Service Provider’s staff involved in the performance of Services,
d) remuneration for the provided Services,
e) other facts/information as may be demonstrably agreed upon between the Technician and the Person responsible for Work Procedure or the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet.
9.2 The Worksheet will be prepared after the execution of a Task or upon termination of a complete period (e.g. a week, 2 weeks period or a month, especially if the execution of a Task extends beyond 14 days). The Service Provider shall determine the frequency of preparation of the Worksheets, unless it is stated in the Order. Subject to demonstrable agreement between the Client and Service Provider, Worksheets may also be prepared at other mutually agreed times.
9.3 Worksheets confirmed by the Responsible person authorized to sign the Worksheet (Article 4.2.2 letter b of these GTC) shall serve as the underlying document for invoicing purposes; if the Client named no such person in the Order, the person referred to in Article 10.3 of these GTC shall confirm the Worksheet by signature. The Client’s person confirming the Worksheet shall also state his/her name, surname and position and/or title opposite to his/her signature. The Client’s person that is supposed to confirm a Worksheet prepared by the Service Provider according to the Client’s internal distribution of powers shall either confirm, or comment on the Worksheet within five (5) days after the date of receipt of the Worksheet by the Client and shall do so either by means of electronic message, letter or fax. If the Client provides no comment(s) on the Worksheet, the Worksheet is deemed approved also if it has not been approved at all in the above period (i.e. fiction of approval will apply). Worksheets will also be deemed approved if the Service Provider duly incorporates all the Client’s comments, such approval taking effect upon dispatching the revised new Worksheet.
9.4 Upon the Client’s request, the Service Provider may also prepare partial Worksheets containing data as requested by the Client and will be prepared in a form and/or at times as requested by the Client; nonetheless, the Service Provider will have the obligation to prepare partial Worksheets only if this is requested in the Order (Article 4.2.2 letter f of these GTC). Partial Worksheets shall not serve as underlying documents for invoicing purposes and serve only for the Client’s needs.
Article X
Authorized Persons
10.1 The Service Provider’s persons authorized to sign Orders are:
a) Service Provider’s Statutory Representative(s),
b) Service Provider’s Chief Clerk, if appointed;
c) Head of the Service Provider’s branch,
d) Technicians,
each of the above persons individually.
10.2 If the Client does not appoint any particular Person responsible for Work Procedure in an Order, any Client’s person (in particular employee and/or cooperating person) or possibly any Final Customer’s person or any operator/person of the Client’s other third person, provided that such a third person participates in the Task actively (e. g. cooperation) or passively (e. g. review, receipt of the outcome of the Task), is authorized to act on behalf of the Client in matters reserved by these GTC to a Person responsible for Work Procedure. In such a case the Service Provider will have no obligation to investigate whether such person is not acting beyond his/her powers; acts of such person will be fully binding for the Client, unless it will be proved that the Service Provider was incontestably aware of such acting beyond powers and failed to notify such fact to the Client without undue delay after having become aware thereof.
10.2.1 The Client has the right to notify to the Service Provider, at any time and in a provable manner, the missing contact information pertaining to the Person responsible for Work Procedure, as well as to notify any changes in such information; The identity of the person making the notification on behalf of the Client must be clearly stated in the notification.
10.3 The provisions of Article 10.2 of these GTC shall also apply accordingly to the Responsible person authorized to sign Worksheets (Article 4.2.2 letter b of these GTC) if not named in the Order.
Article XI
Compensation for Provided Services
11.1 For the provided Services, the Client undertakes to pay the Service Provider a compensation at an amount as agreed upon in the Order with potential surcharges and costs resulting from these GTC, unless otherwise agreed in the Order.
11.2 VAT at the statutory rate will be added to the compensation. Compensation will be invoiced according to the actual number of hours and/or other quantifiable units (Article 4.2.1 letter b of these GTC) at which the Services were provided and as specified in a confirmed Worksheet in conformance with the provisions of this Article.
11.3 Surcharges to the basic hourly remuneration as agreed in an Order for Services performed:
a) at night-time 25%,
b) on Saturdays (00.00 h – 24.00 h) 50%,
c) on Sundays and other non-working days e.g. public holidays (00.00 h – 24.00 h) 100%.
The following time periods of a week shall be deemed to be at night time – Mon.: 00.00 –
06.00 h; 22.00 – 06.00 h of the next day, Tu. – Th.: 22.00 – 06.00 h of the next day, Fri.:
22.00 – 24.00 h.
The Service Provider is entitled to surcharges according to this Section also in the absence of specific agreement to that effect in an Order. If the surcharges are agreed in an Order in a different amount or are excluded, the provisions of the Order shall apply. If any of the time periods falls within several surcharges pursuant to letter a – c of this Article (e.g. public holidays on Saturday), surcharges shall be paid only once at a higher rate.
11.4 In addition to the compensation for performed Services, the Client will be required to compensate the Service Provider for specific costs, if any, as agreed in an Order.
Article XII
Terms of Payment and Sanctions
12.1 Compensation for the provided Services will be payable under invoices the Service Provider will make out according to Orders and/or Worksheets:
a) upon the execution of a Task, or
b) after the end of any given month for Services provided in that month, or
c) after the end of a calendar week if the amount of compensation for Services performed in that calendar week exceeds EUR 2,000.-.
12.2 Invoices will be due and payable within 14 days after the date of their delivery to the Client, unless a different maturity date is specified in the invoice. If a maturity date earlier than that set out in this Section is specified in any invoice, the maturity specified in this Section will be decisive in the case of the Client’s delay in settlement of an invoice.
12.3 By placing an Order with the Service Provider (Article IV of these GTC), the Client consents to making out its invoice in an electronic form. However, the Service Provider is entitled to send an invoice in a paper form instead of an electronic form, in particular if the Service Provider does not have an e-mail address for the delivery of electronic invoices.
12.3.1 The Service Provider will mail invoices preferably to the Client’s person having placed the Order, or to the person the Client named in the Order; nonetheless, invoices may be mailed also to the Client’s general e-mail address as known to the Service Provider or as specified on the Client’s web page, in particular if the invoice is returned as undelivered from the addresses referred to in the first part of the sentence before the semicolon, or if no notification confirming the receipt is returned from such addresses.
12.3.2 The Service Provider may also comply with the Client’s request to provide a paper copy of an invoice sent in later.
12.4 Invoices must comply with all the requirements for a tax invoice, they must be made out in conformance with the provisions of these GTC and must be properly delivered to the Client.
12.5 Invoices must be accompanied with copies of relevant Worksheets confirmed according to the provisions of these GTC evidencing the legitimacy of invoicing.
12.6 The Client, if delaying in the settlement of any invoice, will be required to pay to the Service Provider a statutory late payment interest of the invoiced amount for each started day of delay.
Article XIII
Guarantee of Quality and Liability for Defects
13.1 The Service Provider holds Integrated Management System Certificates ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015, and BS OHSAS 18001:2007, that are a guarantee of the quality of the provided Services. The Service Provider undertakes to perform Services with due professional care and at a quality guaranteed under the above Certificates.
13.2 To ensure proper quality of Services, the Service Provider undertakes to carry out continuous monitoring of the Services and if any obstacles on the Client’s side hindering the achievement of the proper quality of the provided Services are identified, the Service Provider shall notify without delay such fact (primarily through the Technician) to the Person responsible for Work Procedure ; if the Technician conveys such information verbally, he will be required to re-send the information to the Person responsible for Work Procedure by fax or e-mail, if the required contact information is specified in the Order or notified by the Client to the Service Provider pursuant to Article 10.2.1 of these GTC. The Person responsible for Work Procedure will also be authorized to monitor the quality of the provided Services; if doubts about the quality of the provided Services arise, the Person responsible for Work Procedure will notify such fact without delay to the Technician. The Technician, after having consulted and confirmed such doubts concerning the quality of the provided Services with the Person responsible for Work Procedure may order a repeated check of the quality of the Components associated with removal of the identified defects, if any, whereof a written record will be prepared to be signed by the Technician and the Person responsible for Work Procedure. If the repeated check of quality reveals faulty performance of Services, the Service Provider will not be entitled to any compensation for the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check. If no faulty performance is revealed by the repeated check, the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check recorded in a Worksheet will be deemed time of provision of Services for which the Service Provider will be entitled to a compensation in the same amount as for the provision of Services according to the relevant Order in line with the provisions of these GTC.
13.3 If it is revealed after the Services will have been performed, and in any case during the first incorporation of Components into relevant equipment whose first direct part is a Component (such as a larger component, system component, module, integrated module, automobile, etc.) at the latest, that the Services have not been provided at the guaranteed quality, the Client will be required to notify the identified defects in the provided Services in writing and demonstrably to the Service Provider (the “Complaint“) without undue delay and in any case within 2 days after the Client has become aware of the relevant defect, otherwise the Client’s right to enforce any claim(s) under the liability for defects in the provided Services will cease to exist after the lapse of the above period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to make a Complaint will cease to exist in any case after 6 months after the provision of Services to which the Complaint relates. Failure to make a Complaint in accordance with this Article relieves the Service Provider from liability for any damage preventable (at least theoretically) by making the Complaint and its processing by the Service Provider.
13.4 The Service Provider will not be liable for defects occurring as a result of:
a) improper or incorrect handling of the subject of performance of Service by a person other than the Service Provider after the Service has been performed,
b) the fact that the Service Provider marked the subject of Services, or any of its part, as unfit for use and/or not meeting the requirements resulting from the Work Procedure and the Client (or a Client’s person, such as the Final Customer) has released such item for subsequent use and/or in further circulation despite such fact,
c) defects/insufficiencies in the Work Procedure which, nonetheless, have been approved by the Client,
d) non-compliance with obligation to label the Component as a Safety Component pursuant to Article 8.6 of these GTC,
e) a Force Majeure event; for the purposes of these GTC, a Force Majeure event is deemed (without limitation) a war, invasion, acts of foreign adversary, foreign adverse acts, civil war, mutiny, acts of civil disobedience, consequences of military or usurping powers, confiscation or nationalization or seizure or destruction under an order, or in the course of execution of any order issued by governmental or other public bodies, consequences of the use of any military weapons utilising nuclear fission or radioactivity irrespective of whether at the time of peace or war, industrial incidents, natural disasters, protracted power failures, crisis and/or other emergency circumstance(s); however, events such as, without limitation, shortage of qualified labour force, non-performance of obligations by persons cooperating with the Contracting Parties, unfavourable economic situation of a Contracting Party will not be deemed Force Majeure events.
13.5 The Client will be required to provide the Service Provider with all the necessary collaboration (particularly, but not limited to the Service Provider’s request) required in the process of verification of a Complaint; in particular, the Client is required to provide photographic evidence, background documentation, records of communication, data held by the Client or Final Customer and relating, or that may be relating to the Complaint and/or the Service being the subject matter of the Complaint.
13.5.1 Breach of the obligation of the Client referred to in Article 13.5 of these GTC will result in voiding of any entitlements under defects about which the Complaint has been made.
13.6 The processing of any Complaint must commence without undue delay after its placing and not later than within 10 business days, and the Complaint must be resolved in the shortest possible time. The Service Provider undertakes to either acknowledge or dismiss a Complaint within 30 days of its placing. The period in accordance with the previous sentence shall be extended by the time the Service Provider is not able to process the Complaint due to a request of collaboration pursuant to Article 13.5 of these GTC (i.e. by the time passing from the request of collaboration to its provision).
13.6.1 If a Compliant is legitimate The Client is entitled to an adequate discount on the price invoiced for a Task; this applies only if the Service Provider fails to notify the Client, on the basis of the Complaint within the period for acknowledgement or dismissal of the Complaint (Article 13.6 of these GTC), that he will ensure a free removal of identified defects. The Service Provider has a right to choose how the Complaint should be resolved. If the Service Provider removes the defect free of charge, the Client is not entitled to an adequate discount.
13.6.2 If a Complaint concerning Services for handling or control of Components is legitimate, the Service Provider is entitled to require the re-delivery, and the Client is obliged to comply with the request of re-delivery, of all Components subject of the provision of Services about which the Complaint has been made (except the Components demonstrably incorporated into a thing the Components are part of), in a way that enables the Service Provider to remove the complained defects free of charge from other Components in order to avoid possible damage; the breach of this obligation by the Client results in a lapse of Client’s right to enforce any claim(s) under the liability for defects or under the liability for damage to the extent stated in Article 14.4.1 of these GTC.
13.6.3 The Client is entitled, in exceptional cases, to secure the removal of a defect by a third party at the expense of the Service Provider, however, for reimbursement of the costs thus incurred by the Service Provider, the following requirements must be met:
a) the Client has made a Complaint properly in accordance with these GTC and the Service Provider has not taken a chance to handle the Complaint or has failed to resolve the Complaint within the period of time according to these GTC or within the period of time agreed in a separate written agreement with the Client, or the Service Provider has demonstrated in writing that he has agreed with removal of a defect by a third party.
b) the Client has allowed the Service Provider to perform the control of the result of a Task (in particular by a repeated control of the parts to which the Task relates), as far as the Task pursuant to Article 3.1 letter a. of these GTC is concerned.
c) repeated sorting/repair/or another service provided by a third party removing the defect is executed to a comparable extent as a Task to which the removal of a defect relates to (in particular in terms of time consumption, Work procedure and costs compared to the price of the Task), and relevant documents demonstrating this comparable extent have been submitted to the Service Provider.
The Client and the Service Provider may provably and in writing agree on a different terms of the reimbursement of costs according to this Article.
13.7 If the Client routinely uses 8D-Report, the Service Provider shall provide to the Client an 8D-Report according to 8D time limits on Client’s request.
13.8 If a written record of the manner of handling of a Complaint is made, such report must be signed by the Client and the Service Provider’s authorized person referred to in Article 10.1 of these GTC. The Client has the right to include any comments or positions in the written report.
13.9 In the written report on the manner of handling of a Complaint, the Contracting Parties are always free to also agree on an alternative manner of handling and/or resolution of a Complaint.
Article XIV
Ownership of Components; Liability for Damages and Compensation for Damages
14.1 The Service Provider shall not become the owner of Components received for the purpose of the execution of a Task.
14.2 The Service Provider shall be liable for any culpable conduct by its staff resulting in any damage to, loss or destruction of Components received by the Service Provider from the Client (and/or Final Customer) for the purpose of the execution of a Task, if such conduct occurs in the course of the execution of a Task; however, the Service Provider will not be liable for such culpable conduct if such damage to, loss or destruction of Components would occur regardless of such culpable conduct, or where a conduct was concerned through which the Service Provider’s staff averted a direct threat for which the staff was not responsible, or if the damage was caused in defense against an imminent or continuing attack. The Service Provider shall not be liable for damages in the cases specified by the law (e.g. if the breach of obligations was caused by circumstances excluding liability).
14.3 If damage occurs for which the Service Provider is liable pursuant to section 14.2 of these GTC, the damage shall be corrected through restoration in the original condition or pecuniary compensation, as the Service Provider may decide.
14.4 Limits of compensation
14.4.1 The Service Provider shall be liable for the damages caused by his defective performance and not rectified as a part of the Complaint resolution, which has been made in accordance with these GTC. If the Client has not provided the Service Provider with Components for control on his request in accordance with the Article 13.6.2 of these GTC, the Client is not entitled to claim damage resulting from this unrealized control or the damage that could have been prevented by such free control.
14.4.2 The Service Provider shall also be liable for any damage caused, while performing his activities, to the Client’s assets other than referred to in Article 14.4.1 of these GTC.
14.4.3 If entitlement to a compensation for damages occurs, the Service Provider shall make a claim against his insurance company for the indemnity payments due to an event of a covered loss.
14.4.4 The Service Provider will compensate for full damages and in any case up to the indemnity payment received by the Service Provider from the insurance company or provided to him by his insurance company under the liability insurance concluded between the Service Provider and his insurance company, with a condition precedent of the indemnity payment by insurance company. If the insurance company remits the indemnity payment to the Service Provider and not directly to the Client, the Service Provider shall allocate the received indemnity payment within 15 days of the day the Service Provider has received such payment from his insurance company and the Client has specified in a demonstrable way the account number where the compensation for damages should be paid.
14.4.5 If, for any reason, an insurance company fails to remit the indemnity payment due to an event of a covered loss within 6 months of the day the Service Provider has claimed it, the Service Provider undertakes to provide the Client with the payment under the liability for damage up to the amount of the value of a Task to which the damage relates, while in a case of Tasks the execution of which extends beyond 1 month, the value of a Task shall be determined as the average of the Task’s values (invoiced amounts) for the last 6 months of the execution of the Task (or for the months of duration of the Task, if the Task lasts more than a month but less than 6 months), unless otherwise agreed in the Order. The provision of Article 14.4.4 shall not be affected, i. e. if the Service Provider’s insurance company remits the indemnity payment after the Service Provider has compensated the damage in accordance with the first sentence of this Article, the Client is entitled to indemnity payment in an amount that equals to a difference between the indemnity payment and the payment received in accordance with the first sentence of this Article; if the Client received more than he has been entitled to (in particular as a result of a direct payment from the insurance company), the difference must be returned to the Service Provider.
14.4.6 If the insurance company, for whatever reason, has refused to remit the indemnity payment, the amount of payment set out in Article 14.4.5 of these GTC shall be deemed as the limit of compensation.
14.4.7 Provable fault of the Service Provider is a prerequisite for the entitlement to a compensation for damages against the Service Provider. The Client and the Service provider undertakes to provide to each other any necessary collaboration, in particular collaboration requested by other party (including the provision of any necessary documentation), so i/ it would be possible to claim incurred damage under the Service Provider’s insurance, ii/ the Service Provider’s liability would be apparent without any doubts; if this obligation is breached, any periods related to the compensation for damage shall be prolonged by the time of delay with its compliance. The collaboration in accordance with this Article also concerns taking actions to minimize the damage.
14.4.8 The Service Provider is in any case entitled to compensate the damage by restitution to the original state. The Client is not entitled to deny this right to the Service Provider, otherwise the Service Provider shall not be liable for damage.
14.4.9 If the Service Provider is liable for damages together with other persons (proportional liability), the Service Provider shall be liable for damages to the Client only according to the extent of his liability. If there is a reasonable and demonstrable doubt about the infliction of damage by the Service Provider, the entitlement to compensation for damage is not established.
14.4.10 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these GTC, only tangible damage shall be compensated and the Client is not entitled to the compensation for intangible damage (e.g. damage to reputation, goodwill, know-how etc.) or the compensation for lost profits, fines, penalties or default interests. The Client is also not entitled to the compensation for damage caused to third parties that the Client would like recover from the Service Provider under his right of recourse. The Client and the Service Provider may in writing and in a demonstrable way agree otherwise.
14.4.11 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these GTC, the maximum amount of compensation for damage from one damage event shall be 100,000 € (one hundred thousand euros).
Article XV
Service of Documents, Confidentiality of Information and Confidentiality Obligation
15.1 Any notices, requests, demands, requests for consent or any other communication served by one Contracting Party to the other in e-mail, fax or documentary forms shall require a response from the other Contracting Party in the same or similar manner, i.e. response must be made also in e-mail, fax or documentary form allowing for unambiguous recording of the contents of the response. In the case of non-compliance with the form of the response, the burden of evidence with respect to the contents and delivery of the response rests on the sender.
15.2 Fax communication may only be used if it is specifically agreed in the Order; otherwise the fax message shall not be considered to be delivered (regardless of the actual delivery) and the provision of the Article 15.2.1 shall not be applied. The provisions of this Article ( 15.2 ) shall not apply to the actual conclusion of contractual relationship between the Client and the Service Provider by fax in accordance with the Article IV of these GTC.
15.2.1 Contents of a fax transaction shall be deemed delivered if the sender can obtain a fax machine-generated printout confirming its error-free delivery. If any problem of technical nature occurs during the process of transmission of fax rendering the contents of the message impossible to read, the receiving Contracting Party is required to inform thereof the sending Contracting Party without undue delay and to request repeated delivery of the fax message and/or delivery in an alternative way. The Service Provider receives fax communication on working days from 8:30 o’clock until 15:30 o’clock (the “Hours of Operation“); fax messages delivered to the Service Provider outside the above Hours of Operation shall be deemed delivered at the beginning of the subsequent Hours of Operation (i.e. at 8:30 o’clock of the next immediately following working day). The provisions of Article 15.2 of these GTC shall not be affected by the provision of this Article.
15.3 Contents of an e-mail shall be deemed delivered if i) its receipt and/or review is acknowledged manually, ii) the e-mail reply containing the original e-mail message that is to be delivered has been received; only an automatic reply without intervention of the addressee shall not be deemed proof of due and proper delivery.
15.4 Written communication exchanged between the Contracting Parties shall be deemed duly delivered:
a) on the date of its actual delivery to the addressed Contracting Party;
b) on the date of futile expiry of the period for collection at the post office, also if the addressee was not aware of the deposition;
c) on the date of an unsuccessful attempt to deliver the communication, if the delivery was obstructed by intentional act of the addressee, in particular by addressee’s refusal to receive the communication.
15.5 The Contracting Parties shall treat confidential all and any facts of which they become aware in association with performance provided under a contractual relationship constituted according to these GTC and which relate to the other Contracting Party, if such information is of a provable commercial significance to the other Contracting Party or other competitors on the market.
15.5.1 Confidential information shall also be deemed all facts and information comprising trade secrets in the sense of Section 17 of Act No. 513/1991 Coll. The Commercial Code, as amended, and also any information provably and unambiguously identified as confidential by the other Contracting Party. Without prejudice to the above statements, confidential information shall also be any information that is not publicly accessible, information of technical, commercial or other nature marked by either of the Contracting Parties as confidential, or that is required to be treated (having regard to the circumstance known to the other Contracting Party at the time of their disclosure) as confidential, or any information the nature of which indicates to any reasonably informed person that such information is confidential. Confidential information shall also be deemed any information of technical, trade or commercial nature (including product plans, development plans, forecasts, analyses and strategies), specifications, plans, charts, training materials, formulas, sketches, models, samples, procedures, ideas and inventions (also if not subject to special protection), data, software, or documentation in any form, whether on any material carrier or provided verbally, as well as information received from a person other than a Contracting Party, provided that such other person is subject to the confidentiality obligation. Confidential information shall also be deemed information concerning the situation of either of the Contracting Parties, its products, processes, performance and also prices, surcharges and costs agreed in the Orders.
15.5.2 To avoid disputes about the nature of information, the Contracting Parties have agreed that a Party disclosing information that is required to be deemed confidential to the other Party, pursuant to the provisions of this Article and it is not clear from the nature of the matter that it is a confidential information as specified in Article 15.5.1 , shall unambiguously mark such information as confidential.
15.6 The confidentiality obligation shall apply even after the termination of contractual relationship incorporating these GTC. The Contracting Party may be discharged of this obligation only by other Contracting Party’s written declaration. The confidentiality obligation shall pass onto the Parties’ successors in title.
15.7 The confidentiality obligation shall not apply to facts that:
a) are or will be made available to employees or third persons in relation to performance of activities under the contractual relationship established pursuant to these GTC on the “need to know” basis due to their work position, office held and/or their role in the performance under the contract, provided that the relevant Contracting Party is required to inform such person about the confidential nature of the disclosed information;
b) were provably obtained from a third person that is authorized to disseminate such information; or
c) have become publicly known without the breach of confidentiality obligation by any of the Contracting Parties,
d) have been developed by a Contracting Party independently and without using any confidential information according to the provisions of this Article.
15.8 The following will not be considered a breach of the confidentiality obligation:
a) disclosure of information to third persons holding an interest in the company of either of the Contracting Parties, provided that such persons are informed in advance about, and subjected in writing to the confidentiality obligation;
b) disclosure of information to legal advisors or other representatives, who are required to abide by the confidentiality obligations by the operation of law, for the purpose of due and proper performance of their activities, provided that such persons must be informed in advance of the confidential obligation related to the matter in question;
c) disclosure of information after the other Contracting Party’s prior written consent to the disclosure of individual information protected by the confidentiality obligation has been obtained;
d) disclosure of information to relevant authorities for the purposes of judicial proceedings, arbitration proceedings and/or proceedings before any other public authority, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings);
e) disclosure of information to a governmental, bank, tax or other authority with supervisory powers that is authorized and competent to request such information in compliance with the applicable legal regulations, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings),
f) disclosure of information a Contracting Party is required to make by the operation of law.
15.9 The Contracting Parties further undertake to protect any information pertaining to the other Contracting Party that are subject to confidentiality pursuant to this Article at least in the same extent as if such Party’s own information was concerned and undertake to impose a confidentiality information of the same scope also on their organizational units/branches, managerial staff or employees (and also cooperating persons) coming in contact with such information and each of the Contracting Parties shall be fully liable for breaches of obligations by such persons.
15.10 The confidentiality obligation shall continue for the term of the contractual relationship established in conformance with these GTC and thereafter for one (1) additional year and shall pass onto the Parties’ successors in title, if any.
Article XVI
Common and Final provisions
16.1 Contractual relationships between the Contracting Parties not addressed in these GTC or any Order shall be governed by the applicable provisions of generally binding legal regulations of the country of residence of the Service Provider (i.e. the Slovak Republic) including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of the Commercial Code (in particular those dealing with contracts for work), as amended. Should these GTC and/or the Order address certain relationships between the Contracting Parties in a manner other than that required by the applicable legal regulations, these GTC and contractual arrangements shall prevail, provided that conflict with a legal provision that may be derogated from or application of which may be excluded (in the case of a conflict, the discretionary provision shall be deemed excluded) is concerned. In the case of a conflict between these GTC and an Order, preference should be given to the Order.
16.1.1 If a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client has been established under a separate contract (i.e. not under an Order pursuant to Article IV of these GTC), references in these GTC to Orders shall be references to such separate contracts.
16.2 For the purposes of determination of jurisdiction, the place of performance under contract shall be deemed the place of the execution of a Task (Article 4.2.1 letter c of these GTC). If the provisions dealing with conflicts of law allow for the selection of a particular governing law, relationships between the Service Provider and the Client, established according to these GTC, shall be governed by the Slovak law. Should the conflict of law provisions allow for the selection of jurisdiction, then any disputes between the Service Provider and the Client arising out of contractual relationships established according to these GTC shall be resolved by the competent Slovak courts.
16.3 Should any provision of these GTC be invalid, the validity of other provisions shall not be affected.
16.4 These GTC shall become valid and effective on the date written in the heading. As on the same date, the GTC issued by the Service Provider before 1. November 2018 cease to be valid and effective; nonetheless, contractual relationships established under Orders incorporating then valid GTC shall be governed by the then valid GTC.
16.5 The Service Provider is entitled to unilaterally amend these GTC at anytime. The Contractual relationship between the Client and Service Provider established according to a particular Order shall be governed by the GTC as valid and in effect at the time of proper delivery of the confirmed Order to the Service Provider.
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN CZ s.r.o. in Czech Republic valid from 10.01.2015 to 31.12.2018
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN CZ s.r.o. in Czech Republic
As of 10.01.2015
Article I.
Introductory Provisions
1.1 These General Business Terms and Conditions (hereinafter referred to as the “GBTC”) modify the relationship between the company HOLLEN CZ s.r.o., registered office: Jiráskova 528/51, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Company ID No.: 289 78 013, listed in the Commercial Register at the Prague Municipal Court, Section C, File 157357 (hereinafter referred to as the “Service Provider”) and the party which Tasks its services defined in Art. 3 of these GBTC (hereinafter referred to as the “Client”) if the Service Provider and the Client have not entered into a specific contract for the provision of services in which these GBTC do not apply.
Article II.
Definition of terms
1.2 Service Provider – the legal entity which provides services in accordance with these GBTC. (i.e. HOLLEN CZ s.r.o.).
1.3 Client – a legal entity which Tasks services from the Service Provider in accordance with these GBTC.
1.4 Final Customer – a legal entity for whom components regarding the provision of services in accordance with these GBTC are intended.
1.5 Component – a part, goods, a semi-finished product, material or any other combination of these, which relate to services provided in accordance with these GBTC.
1.6 Order – a document with which the Client makes a specific Task, and which is drawn up, delivered and signed pursuant to Article IV of these GBTC. Upon acceptance of a Order by the Service Provider established pursuant to Art. IV of these GBTC, the Service Provider and Client shall enter into a contractual relationship.
1.7 Task – a service or collection of services pursuant to these GBTC which relates to components and is provided on the basis of a specific Order.
1.8 Quality Department Operative – a responsible person of the Client designated for the appropriate Task in a Order; on the basis of a decision of the Client this person may also be a person of the Final Customer, however under these GBTC the Client is bound by this person’s actions.
1.9 Service Provider’s Staff – employees or other co-workers of a person of the Service Provider or its subcontractors, who ensure the provision of services to the Client pursuant to these GBTC on behalf of the Service Provider. These include in particular operators, technicians and coordinators
1.9.1 Technician – a responsible person of the Service Provider designated for a corresponding Task specified in a Order.
1.10 Work Procedure – a key written operating document containing a detailed description of individual steps implemented on components which make up the subject matter of a Task.
1.11 Worksheet – a document confirming the type and scope of provided services, which is a supporting document for invoicing.
1.12 8D – a common and standardly used method in the automotive industry for quality enhancement in production and for resolving various problems, including claims.
Article III.
Services
1.13 Services provided in accordance with these GBTC include in particular:
a) services in the area of product quality assurance and/or processes which mainly include the inspection of components connected with sorting activities and potential correction work and supplementary modifications,
b) any other services related to the quality assurance of components including production support, workshop work, logistics and assistance services.
(hereinafter referred to as “Services”)
1.14 Specific types and scopes of provided services are specified in a contract/Order.
Article IV.
Tasking Services
1.15 Services pursuant to these GBTC are provided on the basis of an individual contract or a special Order confirmed by both parties where, in the case of a Order, a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client shall be entered into once a Order from the Client, drawn up pursuant to these GBTC, is accepted. These GBTC are also part of a contractual relationship which arises based on the preceding clause.
1.16 A Order must be made out in writing either in printed form (paper or fax) or in electronic form and must be delivered:
a) electronically (particularly by e-mail with a scan of the paper Task form in an attachment or an electronic file bearing an electronic signature),
b) by fax or in person
1.16.2 A Order must contain:
a) the designation of the component or components which are to be the subject matter of the provided services in the Task,
b) specification and a description of the Tasked services including measurable units relevant to the Task (e.g. quantity, time) if it is possible within the Task,
c) the place of performance of the Task (point 6.1 of these GBTC),
d) the date of commencing implementation of the Task,
e) a specific technician for the given Task,
f) remuneration for the Tasked services,
g) the name, surname and position of the person signing the Task form on behalf of the Client,
h) a declaration of the parties stating that these GBTC are a part of the contractual relationship which has been entered into based on an accepted Order.
1.16.3 A Order must also contain:
a) the anticipated date of completion of the provided services,
b) the name of a specified person who is authorised to sign a Worksheet on the part of the Client,
c) a specified Quality Department Operative ,
d) a specified responsible employee of the Client’s financial department in matters of invoicing (an appropriate person to ensure payment of an invoice),
e) requirements for the ensuring of supplies by the Service Provider (point 5.7 of these GBTC),
f) requirements for the form and frequency of provided sub-reports (point 9.4 of these GBTC),
g) a work procedure (point 5.1 of these GBTC),
h) a specification of special types of expenses which the Client shall pay to the Service Provider (point 11.4 of these GBTC),
i) a Order number,
j) a request for the sending of a paper invoice (point 12.3.2 of these GBTC),
k) a person to whom an electronic invoice is to be delivered (point 12.3.1 of these GBTC),
l) any other potential requirements, conditions and agreements.
1.16.4 Multiple Quality Department Operative s may be specified in a Order (or an attachment). Their mutual assignment of individual competences resulting from these GBTC (e.g. the right to sign a work procedure and its annexes, the right to act as part of the claims process, etc.) may also be specified.
1.17 Order forms created by the Service Provider are given priority use for Tasks. The Service Provider shall pre-complete a Order form based on information and documents received from the Client, which it shall subsequently send to the Client. After filling in the remaining information, the Client then will send the signed binding Order to the Service Provider. In Task to enter into a contractual relationship, the Service Provider must subsequently accept the form with the signature of an authorised person of the Service Provider (point 10.1 of these GBTC). An accepted Order (like a contract) becomes binding for both parties the moment an accepted (i.e. signed by both parties) Order is duly delivered to the Client by the Service Provider pursuant to point 4.6 of these GBTC.
1.18 At its own discretion the Service Provider may also accept a Order drawn up in a different manner than that stipulated in point 4.3 of these GBTC (in particular a Order drawn up using the Client’s own Task form) on the assumption that such a Order contains at least the mandatory requirements pursuant to point 4.2.1 of these GBTC.
1.18.1 If a Order pursuant to point 4.4 of these GBTC lacks only the declaration pursuant to point 4.2.1 h) of these GBTC, the Service Provider shall be entitled to accept the Order, whereby a contractual relationship established pursuant to point 4.4 of these GBTC shall enter into force and effect the moment an additional declaration is made pursuant to point 4.2.1 h) of these GBTC expressed in writing (point 4.2 of these GBTC similarly applies). Such a declaration must be made between the parties prior to commencement of the implementation of the Task, or otherwise no contract shall be entered into.
1.19 A Order from the Client shall be considered duly delivered once delivered to the Service Provider:
a) by letter into the hands of an authorised person of the Service Provider (point 10.1 of these GBTC) or
b) by fax sent to the number specified in the Order form sent by the Service Provider to the Client pursuant to the second clause of point 4.3 of these GBTC or
c) by e-mail sent to the address of the technician specified in the Order form sent by the Service Provider to the Client pursuant to the second clause of point 4.3 of these GBTC or by e-mail sent to the same address of the Service Provider, from which the Order form pursuant to point 4.3 of these GBTC was sent,
d) in the case of a Order drawn up pursuant to point 4.4 of these GBTC, by fax or by e-mail sent to the address of an authorised person of the Service Provider pursuant to point 10.1 of these GBTC.
1.20 An accepted Order shall be considered duly delivered once delivered:
a) by letter into the hands of an authorised person of the Client or
b) by fax sent to the number specified in the Order signed by the Client or
c) by e-mail sent to the address of the person of the Client who signed the Order, specified in the Order,
d) in the case of a Order pursuant to point 4.4 of these GBTC, by fax or by e-mail sent to the number/e-mail address from which the Client sent such a Order.
1.21 The Service Provider shall not be obliged to accept a binding Order from the Client if the Client fails to deliver it within a period of 48 hours after it is delivered by the Service Provider, whereby the binding Task form shall lose its validity.
1.22 If, after entering into a contract pursuant to the provisions of this Article, the Client draws up a further Order for the identical service, such a Order shall be considered only legally non-binding, drawn up exclusively for the Client’s internal requirements (e.g. SAP ERP), even if the Service Provider confirms such a Order, i.e. such a later Order neither alters nor replaces the original contractual relationship and shall be considered exclusively an internal document of the Client. This shall not apply in the case that the original Order is explicitly altered or cancelled, where such a cancellation or alteration must be clearly and indisputably stated in the later Order with a reference to the original provisions which are being cancelled/altered, or as the case may be, the entire original Order identified by a specific date (and thus general provisions on the fact that the new Order replaces all previous agreements or similar provisions alone are insufficient).
1.23 If, in the following articles a Order is referred to, it is meant in the sense of an accepted Order pursuant to this Article, by which a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client is established.
Article V.
Performance of a Task
1.24 A detailed description of the means of implementing each Task must be specified in a work procedure, processed and signed by a technician and a Quality Department Operative , if a work procedure is not already an Annex to the Order.
1.25 On the basis of the work procedure a responsible employee shall coordinate the implementation of the Task.
1.26 Potential changes to the work procedure must be made in the form of a written amendment signed by a technician and Quality Department Operative . The amendment must give a description of the change and the precise time the change was accepted or from when it shall take effect.
1.27 For the purpose of due implementation of the Task, the Service Provider undertakes to provide a sufficient number of its employees (with the required abilities, knowledge, productivity and skills for the given Task) to implement the Task.
1.28 A technician of the Service Provider shall be the responsible person in matters concerning the Task, who in particular:
a) shall coordinate and administrate the work of the Service Provider’s other employees participating in the implementation of the Task,
b) in accordance with these GBTC, shall participate in processing the work procedure and sign it (including amendments) on behalf of the Service Provider, unless these GBTC state otherwise,
c) shall process Worksheets and sub-reports,
d) shall perform activities within the scope of quality assurance of the provided services and claims process pursuant to Article XIII of these GBTC,
e) is the contact person for the Service Provider for the receipt of any proposals, comments or requests regarding a Task and must be immediately informed of any organisational changes regarding the implementation of a Task or obstacles preventing its due and timely implementation,
f) shall contact a Quality Department Operative whenever necessary, in particular, however, when necessary cooperation is required.
1.29 If the Client and Service Provider do not agree otherwise, the Service Provider shall provide basic supplies and equipment, tools and working materials (e.g. markers, stickers, identification labels, pens, paper, forms, tape and other consumable materials) for implementing a Task, as well as resources for ensuring occupational health and safety within the regular scope and requirements (hereinafter jointly referred to as “basic work aids”)
1.30 The Service Provider and Client may agree that the Service Provider shall also provide further work supplies or tools for its employees, such as work benches, lighting, binding tools, etc. (hereinafter referred to as “additional supplies”). In the opposite case, they shall be provided by the Client. A corresponding agreement with a precise definition of additional supplies which are to be provided must be specified in the Order.
Article VI.
Place of Provision of Services
1.31 Services pursuant to these GBTC shall be provided in particular on the premises of the Client, the Final Customer or the Service Provider. The precise place of the provision of services and any costs connected to it must be specified in the Order.
1.32 The Client is obliged to provide Service Provider’s Staff who shall fulfil a given Task with access to the place of the provision of services, if it is on the premises of the Client or the Final Customer, and to provide them with any required resources for the purpose (ID cards, tags, etc.).
1.33 The Client is obliged to provide suitable space for the provision of services as well as for associated activities (e.g. the delivery and collection of materials), and adequate equipment within this space to allow for the efficient provision of services.
1.34 The Client is responsible for ensuring that the place of the performance of services meets all requirements stipulated by relevant legislation, in particular regarding occupational health and safety and fire prevention.
Article VII.
1.35 The Service Provider undertakes to ensure commencement of the implementation of a Task at the time agreed in the Order, or otherwise at a usual time with regard to the distance and accessibility of the place where the Task is to be fulfilled.
1.35.1 A prerequisite for maintaining the commencement of the implementation of a Task on the part of the Service Provider is the provision of all necessary cooperation on the part of the Client/Final Customer pursuant to Article VIII of these GBTC.
1.36 The number of hours of the provision of services shall be continuously recorded in a Worksheet processed by a technician and confirmed by a person of the Client (point 9.3 of these GBTC).
1.37 The time of the provision of services recorded in a Worksheet shall also include the time necessary for:
a) the logistical transfer of materials,
b) packaging work,
c) idle time not caused by Service Provider’s Staff,
d) the length of work breaks stipulated by law,
e) organisational securing of a Task,
f) the provision of sub-reports (point 9.4 of these GBTC), reports and final Task documentation.
Article VIII.
Cooperation by the Client
1.38 In relation to the implementation of a Task, the Client is obliged to provide the Service Provider with all necessary cooperation, consisting in particular:
a) of the provision of all expert technical information required for the due provision of services
b) of the provision of components which are to make up the subject matter of the provision of services, or in allowing access to it
c) of the provision of access to the place of the provision of services,
d) of the provision of a work environment which complies with relevant legislation regarding occupational health and safety,
e) of the provision of necessary additional instructions and specification of requirements concerning a specific Task,
f) of the provision of work supplies, tools and other equipment not provided by the Service Provider,
g) of the provision of cooperation arising from the provisions of these GBTC (e.g. points 5.1, 6.3 and 7.2),
h) of the provision of other, particularly requested, cooperation.
1.39 If the Client fails to provide the Service Provider with the required cooperation pursuant to the preceding points, the Service Provider shall be entitled to interrupt the provision of services.
1.40 If, as a result of failure to provide the required cooperation on the part of the Client the provision of services is interrupted, for the duration of the delay of the provision of services pursuant to point 8.2 of these GBTC the Service Provider shall not be in arrears with the fulfilment of its duties and shall not be liable for any damages which arise in direct connection with such an interruption. In such a case the time for which the provision of services is interrupted shall be considered idle time not caused by Service Provider’s Staff pursuant to point 7.3 c) of these GBTC and the Service Provider shall be entitled to full remuneration as if this idle time had not arisen.
1.41 If the Client does not specify an employee from its financial department for matters of invoicing, it must notify the Service Provider in a demonstrable manner within 10 days of signing the Order.
1.42 The provisions of this Article also apply directly to the Final Customer if a Task is implemented on its premises or with components which the Final Customer has at its disposal. In such cases the Client is obliged to ensure the provision of cooperation from the Final Customer to the necessary extent (especially pursuant to the provisions of this Article), and shall be liable for potential failure to cooperate on the part of the Final Customer as if it had failed to provide cooperation itself.
Article IX.
Worksheet and Sub-Reports
1.43 A technician shall prepare a Worksheet on the provided services.
1.43.1 The Worksheet must contain:
a) the number of hours of services provided by all Service Provider’s Staff or
b) the number of other measurable units of the provided services, if they are defined in the Order (point 4.2.1 b) of these GBTC),
c) the price for the provided services.
1.43.2 The Worksheet may contain:
a) a list and the quantity of components which make up the subject matter of the provided services and/or the type of services provided,
b) information on the number of missing components discovered and on the number of repaired components,
c) the number of Service Provider’s Staff who provided the services,
d) other details on which the technician and Quality Department Operative agree.
1.44 A Worksheet shall be prepared after the implementation of a Task or at the end of a calendar year (if the Task lasts for more than 60 days).
1.44.1 Upon agreement between the Client and the Service Provider a Worksheet may also be drawn up by another mutually agreed deadline.
1.45 A Worksheet confirmed by a person of both parties specified in the Order (point 4.2.2 b) of these GBTC) shall be a supporting document for an invoice. If the Client’s Order fails to specify such a person, the person pursuant to point 10.3 of these GBTC shall confirm the Worksheet on behalf of the Client by signing it. The employee of the Client who confirms the Worksheet with his/her signature shall state his/her name, surname and job position or function. The employee of the Client who is to confirm a Worksheet drawn up by the Service Provider in accordance with internal responsibilities is obliged either to confirm or to comment on the report by e-mail, letter or fax within 7 (seven) days of the day the Client receives the report. If the Client fails to comment on the Worksheet within the specified period, the Worksheet shall be considered approved even if it is not approved within the specified period (i.e. fictional approval shall apply). The Worksheet shall also be considered approved if the Service Provider duly integrates all comments from the Client from the moment that a thus processed new Worksheet is sent.
1.46 On the basis of a request from the Client, the Service Provider may also process sub-reports which shall contain information requested by the Client in a form and/or periodicity it specifies. The processing of such sub-reports is only obligatory however, if it is recorded in the Order (point 4.2.2 f) of these GBTC). Sub-reports are not a supporting material for invoicing and serve only for the needs of the Client.
Article X.
Authorised Persons
1.47 Persons of the Service Provider authorised to sign a Order are:
a) a statutory representative of the Service Provider
b) an agent of the Service Provider, if one is appointed
c) a branch manager of the Service Provider and
d) technicians,
in all cases independently.
1.48 If the Client does not specify a Quality Department Operative in the Order for matters reserved for a Quality Department Operative in these GBTC, any worker of the Client whose function corresponds to the specified position, where the Service Provider is not obliged to investigate whether such a worker is exceeding his/her authority shall be entitled to act on its behalf (in particular an employee or collaborator). The Client is bound by the actions of such a worker to their full extent, with the exception of a case where the Service Provider was clearly aware that the worker’s authority had been exceeded and failed to inform the Client of this fact without undue delay upon discovering it.
1.48.1 The Client is entitled, in a demonstrable manner, to notify the Service Provider at any time of missing contact details of a particular Quality Department Operative or of a change to these details. In the notification, it must be clear who made the change on behalf of the Client.
1.49 The provisions of point 10.2 of these GBTC similarly apply to a person of the Client who is authorised to sign a Worksheet (point 4.2.2 b) of these GBTC) if one is not specified in the Order.
Article XI.
Remuneration for Services Provided
1.50 The Client undertakes to pay the Service Provider remuneration for the services provided in the amount agreed in the Order and which arises from these GBTC.
1.51 The relevant statutory VAT rate shall be calculated in the remuneration. Remuneration shall be invoiced according to the actual number of hours and/or other measurable units (point 4.2.1 b) of these GBTC) for the provided services specified in a confirmed Worksheet in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
1.52 Additional pay added to the basic hourly price agreed in the Order for the services provided:
a) nights (10 p.m. – 6 a.m.) 25%,
b) Saturdays 50%,
c) Sundays and other days off (e.g. bank holidays) 100%.
The Service Provider has the right to additional pay pursuant to this point on the basis of a special agreement in the Order. If additional pay amounts agreed in the Task form are in a different amount or are excluded, the provisions of the Order shall apply.
1.53 Besides remuneration for the services provided, the Client is also obliged to reimburse the Service Provider for any separate expenses agreed in the Order.
Article XII.
Payment Terms and Sanctions
1.54 Remuneration for services provided shall be due on the basis of an invoice drawn up by the Service Provider based on a Order and/or Worksheet:
a) after implementation of the Task is complete or
b) at the end of the relevant calendar month for services provided in that month or
c) at the end of a calendar week, if remuneration for services provided in the relevant calendar week exceeds €2000.00.
1.55 The due date of the invoice shall be 14 days after it is delivered to the Client, unless a later due date is specified in the invoice itself. If the due date in the invoice is earlier than that specified in this point, the date specified in this point shall be decisive for a delay on the part of the Client in paying the Invoice.
1.56 By sending a Order to the Service Provider (Art. IV of these GBTC) the Client agrees with the processing of an electronic invoice.
1.56.1 The Service Provider shall firstly send the invoice to the person who drew up the Order for the Client or the person who the Client designated in the Order. The Service Provider may however, send it to a general e-mail address of the Client which it has at its disposal or which is specified on the Client’s website, especially in cases when the invoice is returned as undelivered or the requested notification of delivery is not sent from the address specified at the beginning of this clause.
1.56.2 If the Client requires that a paper invoice also/only be sent, this must be stated in the Order. The Service Provider is also obliged to accommodate the Client upon a later request for a paper invoice to be drawn up.
1.57 An invoice must meet all the requirements of a tax document, must be drawn up in accordance with the provisions of these GBTC and must be duly delivered to the Client.
1.58 A copy of the relevant Worksheet, which is considered confirmed under the provisions of these GBTC, must be attached to an invoice to prove its legitimacy.
1.59 If the Client is delayed in paying an invoice, it shall be obliged to pay the Service Provider interest on arrears in the sum of 0.04% of the invoiced sum for every commenced day of the delay.
Article XIII.
Quality Guarantee and Liability for Defects
1.60 The Service Provider is a holder of ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 14001: 2004 and BS OHSAS 18001: 2007 Integrated Management System certificates, which are guarantees of the quality of provided services. The Service Provider undertakes to provide services with due professional diligence and in the quality pursuant to the specified certificates.
1.61 In the interest of ensuring the quality of services, the Service Provider undertakes to continuously monitor them and if it observes any obstacles on the part of the Client to achieving the required quality of services provided, it shall immediately inform a Quality Department Operative through a technician. if the technician provides this information verbally, he/she shall also be obliged to send it by e-mail or fax to the Quality Department Operative , if his/her contact details are specified in the Order, or the Client has informed the Service Provider of them pursuant to point 10.2.1 of these GBTC. A Quality Department Operative is also authorised to carry out a check of compliance with the quality of services provided. If doubts are raised on the quality of the services provided, he/she shall inform a technician of this fact without delay. After discussing the doubts raised on the quality of services provided with the Quality Department Operative , the Technician shall arrange for a repeat inspection of the components connected with the potential remedy of defects and shall prepare and sign a written record of this fact. This shall also be signed by the Quality Department Operative . If a repeat inspection proves the services provided to be defective, the Service Provider shall not be entitled to remuneration for the time taken to carry out the repeat inspection. If a repeat inspection does not prove the services provided to be defective, the time for the repeat inspection recorded in the Worksheet shall be considered part of the time for the provision of services, for which the Service Provider shall be remunerated in accordance with the provisions of these GBTC.
1.62 If, after the provision of services, but no later than the initial mounting of components into the relevant object, whose first direct part is a component (e.g. a larger component, system component, module, integrated module, car, etc.), it is discovered that the services have not been provided in the guaranteed quality, the Client is obliged to notify the Service Provider of the ascertained defect in the services provided in writing (hereinafter referred to as a “claim”), without undue delay, but no later than 5 days after discovering the defect in question. In the opposite case, by the lapse of the specified period, the Client shall lose the right to apply any claims arising from the liability for defects in the provided services.
1.63 The Service Provider shall not be liable for defects arising due to:
a) inappropriate or incorrect handling of the subject matter of the provided services after the provision of services by a person other than the Service Provider,
b) if the Service Provider identifies the subject matter of services, or a part thereof, as unsuitable or not corresponding to conditions in accordance with the work procedure and the Client (or an associated person, e.g. the Final Customer) releases such subject matter for further use or into further circulation in spite of such a situation,
c) an error in the work procedure which, however, was approved by the Client,
d) a force majeure, where for these purposes a force majeure is considered to be in particular (but not exclusively) war, invasion, acts of a foreign enemy, foreign hostilities, civil war, revolt, a revolutionary uprising of the population, the consequences of military or a usurpatory power, confiscation, nationalisation, removal or destruction by Task or execution of the state or other public authorities, consequences of the use of any military weapon using nuclear fission or radioactive force, regardless of whether in peacetime or at war, accidents, natural disasters, prolonged power cuts, states of emergency and/or other exceptional circumstances. A force majeure, however, is not considered in particular to be a lack of skilled labour, failure to fulfil obligations by persons cooperating with the contracting parties or an unfavourable economic situation of the counterparty.
1.64 The Client is obliged to provide the Service Provider with all required cooperation when examining a claim, and in particular is obliged to provide (particularly, although not only requested by the Service Provider) photographic documentation, supporting documents, records of communication and data which the Client or Final Customer has at its disposal and which relates to or could regard a claim or claimed services.
1.64.1 A violation of the Client’s obligations pursuant to point 13.5 of these GBTC shall result in the termination of the entitlement to the claimed defects.
1.65 A claim must begin to be processed without undue delay, at the latest 10 working days after it is applied, and shall be resolved in the shortest possible time. The Service Provider undertakes to acknowledge or reject a claim up to 15 days after it is applied.
1.65.1 If the Service Provider acknowledges a claim, the Client shall be entitled to have the defect remedied free of charge unless it demonstrably agrees to a different means of resolving the claim with the Service Provider.
1.66 If the Client uses the standard 8D message, the Service Provider undertakes to provide the Client with an 8D message pursuant to 8D deadlines.
1.67 In the case of a written record on the means of settling a claim, this must be signed by the Client and the authorised person of the Service Provider specified in point 10.1 of these GBTC. The Client is entitled to express all its views in a written record.
1.68 In a written record of the means of settling a claim, the contracting parties may always agree on a different means of settling or resolving it.
Article XIV.
Ownership of Components, Liability for Damages and Compensation
1.69 The Service Provider shall not become the owner of components accepted for the purposes of implementing a Task.
1.70 The Service Provider is liable for culpable acts of its employees which result in damage to, loss or destruction of components, which it took over from the Client (or Final Customer) for the purpose of implementing a Task, if such actions arise during the implementation of a Task. It shall not be liable for such acts if the damage, loss or destruction would have arisen regardless of such a culpable act or if it concerns an action with which the Service Provider’s employee averts a direct danger, which he/she did not cause or if he/she causes damage in necessary defence against a threatening or lasting attack.
1.71 If damages arise, for which the Service Provider is liable pursuant to point 14.2 of these GBTC, it shall cover the damages by returning an object to its original condition or with monetary compensation. The Service Provider has the right to choose.
1.72 Limits to compensation for damages
1.72.1 If the right to compensation for damages arises, the Service Provider shall provide compensation for damages in full, up to a maximum of 25% of the volume of the Task in accordance with the Order and for long-term Tasks (lasting longer than 30 days) up to a maximum of 25% of the monthly volume of the Task which the damages concern. Tasks are considered long-term if they last more than one month and the maximum limit of compensation for damages is (regardless of the abovementioned limit) €100,000.00 for each individual Task according to the Order.
Article XV.
Delivery, Confidentiality of Information and Secrecy
1.73 A contracting party shall reply to any notifications, applications, requests, requests for approval or any other communications submitted by the other party by e-mail, fax or letter in the same or a similar manner, i.e. a reply must also be sent by e-mail, fax or letter allowing for the content of the reply to be easily recorded. In the case of non-compliance with the prescribed form of reply, this shall be a burden to its content and the delivery of a reply shall encumber its sender.
1.74 The content of a fax shall be considered delivered if the sender receives output from the fax machine confirming its problem-free delivery. If any technical problem should occur while sending a fax preventing it from being read, the recipient shall be obliged to inform the sending party of this fact immediately by a suitable means and to request that it send the fax again, or send the information by another means. The Service Provider shall accept fax messages on work days between 8:30 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. (hereinafter referred to as its “opening hours”). A fax delivered outside the specified hours shall be considered delivered at the beginning of the nearest opening hours (i.e. at 8:30 a.m. on the nearest work day).
1.75 The content of an e-mail shall be considered delivered in the event of manual confirmation that it has been received or read, or a reply by e-mail containing the text of the original e-mail. Neither an automated response nor automatic confirmation of delivery sent by the mail server of the addressee shall be considered confirmation.
1.76 Documents sent between the contracting parties shall be considered delivered:
a) the day of their actual delivery to the other party – the addressee,
b) the day the period for takeover of a parcel lapses, even if the addressee was unaware it had been deposited,
c) the day of an unsuccessful attempt at delivery, if delivery was prevented because the addressee was unaware that a parcel had been deposited or by a deliberate act of the addressee, particularly refusal to accept a parcel.
1.77 The contracting parties are obliged protect the confidentiality of all details which they learn of in relation to a performance based on a contractual relationship entered into in accordance with these GBTC and which relate to the other contracting party, if such information has demonstrable economic significance for the other party or other market competitors.
1.77.1 All facts and information which are the subject of a trade secret pursuant to Section 504 of Act No. 89/2012 Coll. of the Civil Code, as amended, shall also be considered confidential, as shall information clearly and demonstrably indicated as confidential by the other party. Without being affected by the previously specified provisions, confidential information also includes any information which is publicly inaccessible, technical, commercial or other kinds of information which one of the contracting parties designates as confidential or which should be treated (given the circumstances known to the other party during its disclosure) as confidential or other information which by its nature is understood to be confidential by any averagely versed person. Confidential information further includes any technical, trade or commercial information (including product plans, development plans, forecasts, analyses and strategies), specifications, plans, diagrams, training materials, formulas, blueprints, models, specimens, procedures, ideas and inventions (even if not subject to special protection), data, computer programs, software or documentation in any form whether recorded physically or provided verbally, as well as information received from a person other than a contracting party if such a party is bound to treat it as confidential. Confidential information also includes information on the circumstances of one contracting party or the other, its products, processes and performances.
1.77.2 In the interest of avoiding disputes on the nature of information, the contracting parties agree that the party which provides information to the other, which shall be considered confidential pursuant to the provisions of this Article, shall also clearly mark such information as confidential.
1.78 The obligation of secrecy does not apply to details which:
a) in relation to a performance on the basis of a contractual relationship arising in accordance with these GBTC, are or shall be accessible to employees or third parties, who must be aware of such information with respect to their job, functional classification or role in the contractual performance, where, however, these persons must be informed of the confidentiality of this information by the relevant contracting party for which they are active,
b) was demonstrably obtained from a third party which is authorised to disseminate such information, or
c) was independently developed by a contracting party without the use of any confidential information pursuant to this Article.
1.79 The following are not considered a breach of the obligation of secrecy:
a) the provision of information to third parties who have a stake in one of the contracting parties, where these persons must always be informed in advance of the obligation of secrecy and bound in writing to maintain it,
b) information provided by a lawyer or other representative, who are bound to the obligation of secrecy by law, for the purposes of duly performing their activities, where these persons must be informed in advance of the obligation of secrecy in the present matter,
c) the provision of information in the case of express prior written consent of the other contracting party to access various information protected by the obligation of secrecy,
d) the provision of information for the purpose of proceedings at a court, arbitration body and/or any other public authority which must first be familiarised with the confidential nature of the information in Task to take necessary measures (e.g. exclusion of the public),
e) the provision of information from a government, bank, tax or other controlling body which is authorised and competent to request it in accordance with legislation, where this body must first be familiarised with the confidential nature of the information in Task to take necessary measures (e.g. exclusion of the public),
f) the provision of information which the counterparty is obliged to communicate by law.
1.80 The contracting parties further undertake to protect information regarding the other party which is subject to confidentiality arrangements pursuant to this Article, at least to such an extent as if it were its own property and undertake to the same extent to commit to secrecy of its organisational bodies, managerial employees or employees (or collaborators) who come into contact with such information, whereby each party shall be liable to the full extent for a breach of these person’s obligations.
1.81 The obligation of secrecy shall last for the duration of the relevant contractual relationship arising from these GBTC and for a further 3 years after it elapses and shall also be passed on to any legal successors of the contracting parties.
Article XVI.
Joint and Final Provisions
1.82 A contractual relationship between the parties which is neither regulated by these GBTC nor by a Order shall be governed by the relevant provisions of generally binding legislation applicable in the country of the Service Provider’s seat (i.e. the Czech Republic), in particular the relevant provisions of the Civil Code, Act No. 89/2012 Coll. (and especially provisions on a contract for work), as amended. If these GBTC and/or a Order regulate any relationships between the contracting parties differently than does the law, the GBTC and contractual arrangements shall apply on condition that there is a conflict with provisions of the Act which may be deviated from. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of these GBTC and a Order, the provisions of the Order shall take precedence.
1.82.1 If a contractual relationship is entered into between the Service Provider and the Client by an independent contract (i.e. not by a Order pursuant to Art. IV), where these GBTC refer to a Order, such a contract shall be understood.
1.83 For the purpose of determining jurisdiction, the place of performance shall be the place of fulfilment of a Task (point 4.2.1 c) of these GBTC).
1.83.1 In the case of conflict of law rules allow for a choice of law, a relationship between the Client and the Service Provider arising pursuant to these GBTC shall be governed by Czech law. If conflict of law rules allow for a choice of jurisdiction, the relevant Czech Courts shall rule on disputes between the Client and the Service Provider in a contractual relationship arising pursuant to these GBTC.
1.84 These GBTC shall enter into force and effect on the date specified in the document header. At the same time the GBTC issued by the Service Provider on 1 February 2011 shall hereby expire. For a contractual relationship arising on the basis of a Order of which included the previous GBTC however, the previous GBTC shall apply.
1.85 The Service Provider is entitled to unilaterally alter these GBTC at any time. For a contractual relationship between the Client and the Service Provider founded by a specific Order, the GBTC in force at the time of due delivery of the confirmed Order to the Service Provider shall always be decisive.
General Terms and Conditions of HOLLEN Hungária in Hungary valid from from 1.10.2015 to 30.3.2016
General Commercial Terms and Conditions applicable to HOLLEN Hungária Kereskedelmi és Szolgáltató Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság in Hungary
as of 1st October 2015
Article I
Introductory Provision
1.1 These General Commercial Terms and Conditions (hereinafter referred to as „GCTC” only) govern the relationship between the company HOLLEN Hungária Kereskedelmi és Szolgáltató Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság, having its registered office at: H – 9028 Győr, Fehérvári út 78. B. ép., Hungary, identification number of the company: 24956417-2932-113-08, EU VAT: HU24956417, Company Registration Number: 08-09-026396, recorded by Registry Court of the Győr Tribunal (hereinafter referred to as the „Service Provider” only) and the entity who orders its services defined in Article III of these GCTC (hereinafter referred to as the „Client” only), except the situation when the applicability of these GCTC was excluded by separate service agreement concluded between the Service provider and the Client.
Article II
Definitions of terms
2.1 Service Provider – a legal entity providing services under these GCTC (i.e. HOLLEN Hungária Kft.).
2.2 Client – a legal entity ordering services from the Service provider under these GCTC.
2.3 Final Customer – a legal entity, to whom the components – being the subject matter of services provided according to these GCTC – are designated; Final Customer and Client may, but need not be the same person.
2.4 Component – element, article (commodity), semifinished (intermediate) product, substance or any combination thereof that is the subject matter of the services provided according to these GCTC.
2.5 Order – a document, by which the Client orders particular task and which is prepared, delivered and signed in compliance with Article IV of these GCTC. Acceptance of an Order by the Service Provider in accordance with Article IV of these GCTC shall constitute a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client.
2.6 Task – a service or a set of services under these GCTC which relate to Components and which are provided on the basis of one particular Order.
2.7 Quality Department Operative – Client’s responsible person appointed for the relevant Task in the Order; Final Customer’s representative may also act in such a capacity if so decided by the Client, nevertheless the activity of such a person shall directly oblige the Client under these GCTC.
2.8 Service Provider’s Staff – employees or other co-operating persons (individual entrepreneurs, legal entities) of the Service Provider or its subcontractors, who provide services on behalf of the Service Provider to the Client under these GCTC; they are mainly: operators, technicians, residents, co-ordinators.
2.8.1 Technician – Service Provider’s responsible person for the Task in question identified in the Order.
2.9 Work Procedure – written key operating document containing a detailed description of individual steps implemented on Components that are the subject matter of the Task realization.
2.10 Worksheet – document confirming the type and scope of the provided Services, which is the background document for invoicing.
2.11 8D – ordinary procedure standardly used in the automotive industry in order to improve the production quality and to solve a variety of problems, including complaints.
Article III
Services
3.1 Services provided according to these GCTC include, without limitation:
a) services concerning the quality supply of production and/or processes including, in particular, inspection of Components associated with sorting activities and corrective actions and additional modifications, if any;
b) any other services associated with quality assurance of Components including, without limitation, production support, shop works, logistics and assistance services
(hereinafter referred to as the “Services” only).
3.2 Particular type and scope of the provided Services are specified in the contract/Order.
Article IV
Ordering Services
4.1 Services under these GCTC shall be provided based on the separate contract or under the specific, mutually confirmed Orders; when the Order is applied, a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and the Client enters into force upon the acceptance of Client´s Order prepared according to these GCTC by Service Provider. These GCTC shall become the part of contractual relationships established under the previous sentence.
4.2 The Order has to be recorded in writing, either in printed (hard copy or fax printout) or electronic form and it has to be delivered:
a) electronically (especially via e-mail containing the scan of the paper-printed Order as the attachment or an electronic file with electronic signature allowing clear and unambiguous identification of the person acting on behalf of the Client);
b) by fax or by hand.
4.2.1 Each Order shall contain:
a) identification of the Component(s) representing the subject of the Services provided within the Task,
b) definition and description of the ordered Services, including definitions of corresponding quantifiable units relating to the ordered Services (i.e. quantity, time) as far as it is possible related to the given Service,
c) identification of the Task realization place (Article 6.1 of these GCTC),
d) specification of the date of starting the Task realization,
e) specification of the particular Technician appointed for the given Task,
f) specification of the price for the ordered Services;
g) name, surname, title/position of the person entitled to sign the Order on behalf of the Client;
h) declaration of the Contracting Parties that these GCTC shall be the part of the contractual relationship established by the accepted Order.
4.2.2 Each Order may also contain:
a) the estimated finish date of the Services;
b) appointment of the Client’s person authorized to sign the Worksheet,
c) appointment of the Quality Department Operator,
d) appointment of the Client’s Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters (person competent to organize invoice settlement),
e) request for specific equipment provision by Service Provider (Article 5.7 of these GCTC);
f) request for the partial Worksheets´form and frequency of their provision (Article 9.4 of these GCTC);
g) Work Procedure (Article 5.1 of these GCTC),
h) definition of special kind of costs, which the Client shall pay to the Service Provider (Article 11.4 of these GCTC);
i) Order Number;
j) request for delivery of the paper-form invoice (Article 12.3.2 of these GCTC),
k) appointment of the person who shall receive the electronic invoice (Article 12.3.1 of these GCTC),
l) other requests, conditions and arrangements, if any.
4.2.3 Order (or its attachment) may also include the appointment of more Quality Department Operators, as well as the sharing of powers/authorization resulting from these GCTC to each of them (i.e. entitlement to sign the Work Procedure or any amendments thereto, entitlement to handle complaints, etc.).
4.3 Orders shall be preferentially drawn up on blanks of order prepared by the Service Provider. Based on information and backgrounds delivered by the Client the Service Provider shall pre-fill the blank and then he shall send it to the Client. The Client shall send signed binding Order to the Service Provider after completion of missing data. In order to create the contractual relationship the Service Provider has to accept the Order; the acceptance shall be realized by the signature of the Service Provider’s authorized person put on the Order (Article 10.1 of these GCTC). The accepted Order (as contract) becomes binding for both Contracting Party at the moment when the Service Provider delivers to the Client the accepted (i.e. duly signed by both Contracting Party) Order pursuant to Article 4.6 of these GCTC.
4.4 The Service Provider may – in its own discretion – also accept Order prepared by different way, as it is described in Article 4.3 of these GCTC (mostly concerning the order made by usind Client’s own blanks), provided that such Order does contain at least “essentialia negotii” included into Article 4.2.1 of these GCTC.
4.4.1 When the Order pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GCTC lacks declaration pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h/ of these GCTC only, the Service Provider is still entitled to accept that Order, while the contractual relationship established pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GCTC shall enter into force at the moment of additional declaration pursuant to Article 4.2.1 letter h/ of these GCTC recorded in writing (Article 4.2 of these GCTC shall be applied accordingly); the Contracting Parties shall make such declaration prior to commencement of the Task, otherwise the Contract does not incurred.
4.5 The Client’s Order shall be considered duly delivered, also when it was delivered to the Service Provider:
a) in paper form in the hands of the Service Provider’s authorized person (Article 10.1 of these GCTC), or
b) by fax sent to the fax number given in the blank order sent by the Service Provider to the Client accordingly to the second sentence of Article 4.3 of these GCTC, or
c) by e-mail sent to the Technician´s e-mail address given in the blank order sent by the Service Provider to the Client accordingly to the second sentence of Article 4.3 of these GCTC or by e-mail sent to the same address of the Service Provider, from which the blank order has been sent pursuant to Article 4.3 of these GCTC,
d) by fax or e-mail sent to the address of the Service Provider’s authorized person pursuant to Article 10.1 of these GCTC, when the Order has been prepared pursuant to Article 4.4 of these GCTC.
4.6 The accepted Order shall be considered duly delivered, when it was properly delivered:
a) in paper form, in the hands of person on the Client’s side, or
b) by fax to the number given in the Order signed by the Client, or
c) by e-mail sent to the e-mail address of the Client’s person having signed the Order,
d) by fax or e-mail sent to the number/e-mail address from which was that Order dispatched from the Client’s side, in case of the Order according to Article 4.4 of these GCTC.
4.7 The Service Provider is not obliged to accept the Client´s binding Order. The binding Order ceases to be valid, when it was not accepted and delivered to the Client within 48 hours calculated from the time of its delivery to the Service Provider.
4.8 The another Client´s Order for identical Services provided after the conclusion of a contract/contractual relationship pursuant to this Article shall not be deemed a legally binding order and it shall be considered solely made for the Client’s internal needs (e.g. SAP ERP), even if such an Order was confirmed by the Service Provider, i.e. such additional Order shall not modify or replace the original contractual relationship and shall be deemed an internal document of the Client only; this shall not apply in the case of definite cancellation or clear modification of the original Order, provided that such cancellation or modification is unambiguously, incontestably and directly stated in the later Order with a reference to the original provisions that are being cancelled/modified, or to the entire original Order identified by a concrete date (and therefore general statement declaring that new Order replaces all prior agreements or any similar provision will not be enough).
4.9 Any reference to an Order in the subsequent Articles shall be deemed reference to an accepted Order pursuant to this Article establishing a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client.
Article V
Implementation of the Task
5.1 A detailed description of the implementation of each Task has to be included in the Work Procedure prepared and signed jointly by a Technician and a Quality Department Operator, unless the Work Procedure has been annexed to the Order.
5.2 The Service Provider’s responsible employee coordinates the implementation of a Task based on the Work Procedure.
5.3 Changes in the Work Procedure, if any, has to be made in the form of written amendments signed by the Technician and the Quality Department Operator; when the third party (i. e. the Audi Hungaria Motor Kft.) is involved in the Work Procedure, or, when the work area is held by a third party, the signatures of Quality Department Operator and Producer´s (Manufacturer’s) representative are required. The amendment has to contain a description of the change and information about the precise time of its approval and/or the time when it is to become effective.
5.4 In order to implement the Task by due and proper way the Service Provider shall ensure a sufficient number of its employees (possessing the abilities, knowledge, efficiency and skills required for the given Task) realizing the Task.
5.5 The Technician is the Service Provider’s responsible person for matters relating to the Task; he shall, without limitation:
a) coordinate and manage the work of other Service Provider’s staff involved in the implementation of the Task,
b) participate in the elaboration of the Work Procedure in compliance with these GCTC and sign it on behalf of the Service Provider (including any amendments thereto), unless these GCTC stipulate otherwise,
c) prepare Worksheets and partial Worksheets,
d) perform activities in ensuring quality of the provided Services and in handling the complaint procedure pursuant to Article XIII of these GCTC,
e) act as the Service Provider’s contact for receipt of any suggestions, comments or requests relating to the Task; the Technician shall be informed without any delay about all organisational changes related to the Task implementation or about restrictions inhibiting due and proper Task realization,
f) contact the Quality Department Operator whenever needed, but especially in order to ask for the necessary co-operation.
5.6 Unless agreed otherwise between the Client and the Service Provider, the Service Provider shall ensure basic equipment and accessories, tools and working material required for the implementation of the Task (i.e. marking pens, stickers, identification labels, pens, sheets of paper, forms, tapes and other consumables), as well as any equipment required to ensure safety and protection of health at the workplace, within the obvious range and the consumption (hereinafter jointly “Basic Work Aids”).
5.7 The Service Provider and Client may agree that the Service Provider shall secure for its own staff as well as other work equipment or tools, such as desks, lighting fixtures, binding devices etc. (hereinafter the “Above Standard Aids”); otherwise they are to be secured by the Client. The corresponding agreement with detailed description/listing of the Above Standard Aids to be secured has to be specified in the Order.
Article VI
Place of Providing of the Services
6.1 Services according to these GCTC are provided mainly in the Client’s premises or in the Final Customer’s premises or on the Service Provider’s premises. The exact place of providing of the Services and the costs associated with such place, if any, has to be specified in the Order.
6.2 The Client is obliged to ensure the Service Provider’s employees involved in the implementation of any particular Task access to the place of providing of the Services, if located in the Client’s or Final Customer’s premises and to provide them with the required means (identification cards, name tags, etc.).
6.3 The Client is obliged to secure appropriate premises for providing of the Services and related activities (such as supply and removal of materials) and to equip such premises with appropriate devices allowing an efficient provision of the Services.
6.4 The Client shall be responsible to ensure that the place of the Service provision meets all the requirements set out in applicable legal regulations, in particular those dealing with occupational safety and health and fire protection.
Article VII
Time of Task implementation
7.1 The Service Provider undertakes to secure that any Task implementation shall commence at the time agreed upon in the Order, otherwise in the customary time, considering the location and accessibility of the place of Task implementation.
7.1.1 Compliance of the Service Provider with the time of the Task implementation commencement is conditional upon receiving the required co-operation to be provided by the Client/Final Customer pursuant to Article VIII of these GCTC.
7.2 The Duration of the Service provision (in hours) will be continuously recorded in the Worksheet prepared by the Technician and confirmed by the Client’s appointed person (Article 9.3 of these GCTC).
7.3 The Duration of the Service provision is to be recorded in the Worksheet; it shall include also the time required for:
a) transfers of materials through logistics operations,
b) packaging,
c) idle times not caused by Service Provider’s staff,
d) periods of time corresponding to duration of statutory breaks,
e) time required for organizational arrangements in support of Tasks,
f) elaboration of partial Worksheets (Article 9.4 of these GCTC), reports and final documentation for the Task.
Article VIII
Client’s Co-operation
8.1 The Client shall provide the Service Provider all the co-operation required in connection with the Task implementation without limitation, such as:
a) to provide all specialized technical information necessary for due and proper providing of Services;
b) to provide the Components that are to be the subject of the Services and/or to provide access to such Components;
c) to provide access to the place of Service provision;
d) to secure working environment that is in conformance with the applicable legal regulations dealing with occupational safety and health;
e) to give any required additional instructions and clarifications of requirements related to any particular Task;
f) to secure work aids, tools and other equipment not provided by the Service Provider;
g) to provide co-operation required under the provisions of these GCTC (for example Articles 5.1, 6.3, 7.2);
h) to provide additional co-operation, in particular as and when requested.
8.2 When the Client fails to provide necessary co-operation to the Service Provider pursuant to previous item, the Service Provider is entitled to interrupt the provision of Services.
8.3 When the failure of providing of necessary co-operation by the Client results in interruption of the provision of Services, the Service Provider is not in delay with fulfilment of his obligations for the period of delay in the provision of co-operation under the Article 8.2 of these GCTC, and is not liable for any damage originating in relation to such interruption; in this case, the time of interruption of the provision of Services is considered downtimes that were not caused by the Service Provider’s employees under the Article 7.3 letter c) of these GCTC, for which the Service Provider is entitled for remuneration in the full amount, as if no downtime occurred.
8.4 If the Client fails to specify any Financial Department Officer responsible for invoicing-related matters in the Order, he is obliged to notify him to the Service Provider in a provable way within 10 days from the date when the Order was signed.
8.5 The provisions of this Article shall be also applied accordingly to the Final Customer, if the Task is implemented either on the Final Customer’s premises or with the Components in the possession of the Final Customer; in such cases, the Client will be required to ensure the Final Customer’s co-operation in the required extent (in particular according to the provisions of this Article) and he is responsible for the non-fulfilment of the co-operation by the Final Customer like this co-operation hasn´t been provided by the Client itself.
Article IX
Worksheet and partial worksheets
9.1 The Technician shall prepare the Worksheet on provided Services.
9.1.1 The Worksheet shall include:
a) the number of hours spent by providing Services by all Service Provider’s staff, or
b) the number of other measurable units quantifying the provision of Services, assuming that these were defined in the Order (Article 4.2.1 letter b/ of these GCTC), or
c) remuneration for the provided Services.
9.1.2 The Worksheet may include:
a) the list and quantity of Components that were subject matter of the provision of Services and/or kind of the provided Services,
b) data on the quantity of identified defective Components and on the quantity of repaired Components,
c) the number of the Service Provider´s staff involved in the Service provision,
d) other facts as were agreed upon between the Technician and the Quality Department Operator.
9.2 The Worksheet shall be prepared after the Task implementation or upon expiry of the calendar month (if the Task implementation takes more than 60 days).
9.2.1 Subject to agreement between the Client and Service Provider, Worksheets may also be prepared at other mutually agreed times.
9.3 Worksheets confirmed by the Client’s person specified in the Order (Article 4.2.2 letter b/ of these GCTC) shall serve as the base for invoicing; if the Client failed to specify such person in the Order, the person referred to in Article 10.3 of these GCTC are entitled to sign the Worksheet. The Client’s person who confirms the Worksheet shall also indicate his/her name, surname and position and/or title next to his/her signature. The Client’s person whose task includes the confirmation of the Worksheet prepared by the Service Provider, is supposed to either, confirm, or comment on the Worksheet within five (5) days after the Client received the Worksheet and shall do so either by means of electronic message, letter or fax. If the Client failed to comment on the Worksheet within a specified time, the Worksheet is deemed approved, even if it was not approved within that specific time (so fiction of approval will apply). If the Service Provider demonstrates all of the Client´s comments duly, then the Worksheet shall be considered approved and such approval takes effect upon dispatching the revised new Worksheet.
9.4 Upon the Client’s request, the Service Provider may also prepare partial Worksheets containing data requested by the Client and will be prepared in a form and/or at frequencies requested by the Client; but, the Service Provider has to prepare such partial Worksheets only at a specific situation, which is that if such obligation was included in the Order (Article 4.2.2 letter f/ of these GCTC). Partial Worksheets shall not serve as the base of invoicing, and shall serve only the Client´s needs.
Article X
Authorized persons
10.1. The persons of the Service Provider authorized for signing the Order are:
a) statutory representative of the Service Provider,
b) chief clerk of the Service Provider, if appointed,
c) director of the Service provider’s branch,
d) Technicians,
each of them independently.
10.2 When Client does not appoint a specific Quality Department Operator in the Order, any member of the Customer’s staff (mainly the employee or co-operating person) is entitled to act according to these GCTC in the name of the Client, whose rank fits the specified function, while the Service Provider is not entitled to investigate, if the specified person oversteps – his powers or not; the action of such person binds the Client in full extent except the case if it has been demonstrated that the Service Provider knew about the exceeding of such authority, and fails to inform the Client about this fact without any unreasonable delay.
10.2.1 The Client has the right to notify, in a provable way, missing contact data on the respective Quality Department Operator, as well as change of these data, any time to the Service Provider; the notification has to state clearly who has signed it on behalf of Client.
10.3 The provisions of Article 10.2 of these GCTC shall apply similarly to the person of Client who is entitled to sign the Worksheet (Article 4.2.2 letter b) of these GCTC) if such a person is not appointed in the Order.
Article XI
Remuneration for Provided Services
11.1 The Client undertakes to pay remuneration for the Services provided by the Service Provider in the amount agreed in the Order and these GCTC beforehand.
11.2 The relevant legal VAT rate will be added to remuneration. Remuneration will be invoiced, in accordance with the provisions of this Article, according to the actual number of hours of providing Services and/or other quantifiable units (Article 4.2.1 letter b) of these GCTC) at which the Services were provided and as specified in a confirmed Worksheet.
11.3 Besides the remuneration for provided Services specified in the Order, other Surcharges may be added:
a) at nights (18.00 – 06.00) 30%
b) on Saturdays 100%
c) on Sundays and on other non-working days (public holidays) 100%
If different amount of Surcharges are agreed or if the payment of the Surcharges are excluded, then the provisions of the Order shall prevail.
11.4 Besides the remuneration for performed Services, the Client is obliged to reimburse the specific costs for the Service Provider, agreed in the Order.
Article XII
Payment conditions and sanctions
12.1 Remuneration for provided services is due on the basis of the invoice issued by the Service Provider:
a) after completion of the task; or
b) after the end of the given calendar month for services provided in the given month; or
c) after the end of the calendar week, if remuneration for services provided in the given calendar week exceeds EUR 2,000.00.
12.2 The invoice is due 14 days from its delivery to the Client unless longer maturity date is specified in the invoice. If earlier maturity data is stated on the invoice than the date specified in this Item, maturity date specified in this item shall be decisive for delay of the Client in settlement of the invoice.
12.3 The Client consents to making out its invoice in an electronic form, when he sent his Order to the Service Provider (Article IV of these GCTC).
12.3.1 The Service Provider will send invoices preferably to the Client’s person issuing the Order, or to the person the Client named in the Order; nonetheless, invoices may be mailed also to the Client’s general e-mail address as known to the Service Provider or as specified on the Client’s web page, in particular if the invoice is returned as undelivered from the addresses referred to in the first part of the sentence before the semicolon, or if no notification confirming the receipt is returned from such addresses.
12.3.2 The fact that the Client requires also/only a paper copy of the invoice must be expressly stated in the Order. The Service Provider may also comply with the Client’s request to provide a paper copy of an invoice sent in later.
12.4 The invoice must meet all requirements of the tax document, must be issued in accordance with the provisions of these GCTC, and must be duly delivered to the Client.
12.5 The copy of the relevant confirmed Worksheet demonstrating legitimacy of invoicing must be enclosed to the invoice.
12.6 In case of any delay with the invoice settlement, the Client shall pay to the Service Provider interest on late payment from the time of default calculated by the central bank base rate in effect on the first day of the calendar half-year to which it pertains, or – if the monetary debt is to be satisfied in a foreign currency, by the base rate of the issuing central bank, or failing this, by the money market rate. For the purposes of calculating the interest, the central bank base rate in effect on the first day of the calendar half-year affected shall apply to the entire period of the given calendar half-year.
Article XIII
Guarantee of quality and liability for defects
13.1 The Service provider is a holder of certificates of the Integrated Management System ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and BS OHSAS 18001:2007 guaranteeing the quality of provided Services. The Service provider shall provide Services with professional care and in the quality guaranteed in accordance with the aforementioned certificates.
13.2 In order to assure the required quality of Services, the Service provider shall continuously monitor them and shall immediately notify the Quality Department Operator through the Technician about any obstacles at Client´s side which prevent to achieve the required quality of provided Services; when the Technician provides such information orally, he shall repeat it as well in the form of e-mail or fax to the Quality Department Operator, if his contact data are specified in the Order, or if the Client notified them to the Service provider in accordance with Article 10.2.1 of these GCTC. The Quality Department Operator is also entitled to inspect the observance of the quality of provided Services, and in case of any doubts about this quality he has to inform the Technician immediately. Next to the consultation of incurred concerns regarding quality of provided Services with the Quality Department Operator, the Technician shall enact the repeated inspection of Components together with elimination of their possible defects; he also prepares about this fact the written record which has to be signed by Technician and Quality Department Operator. If the repeated check of quality reveals faulty performance of Services, the Service Provider will not be entitled to any compensation for the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check. If no faulty performance is revealed by the repeated check, the time corresponding to the duration of the repeated check recorded in a Worksheet will be deemed time of provision of Services for which the Service Provider will be entitled to a compensation in line with the provisions of these GCTC.
13.3 If it is revealed after the Services will have been performed, and in any case during the first incorporation of Components into relevant equipment whose first direct part is a Component (such as a larger component, system component, module, integrated module, automobile, etc.) at the latest, that the Services have not been provided at the guaranteed quality, the Client will be required to notify the identified defects in the provided Services in writing to the Service Provider (hereinafter referred the “Complaint”) without undue delay, but at the latest within 5 days after the Client has become aware of the relevant defect, otherwise the Client’s right to enforce any claim(s) under the liability for defects in the provided Services will cease to exist after the lapse of the above time limit.
13.4 The Service Provider will not be liable for defects occurring as a result of:
a) improper or incorrect handling of the subject of performance of Service by a person other than the Service Provider after the Service has been performed,
b) the fact that the Service Provider marked the subject of Services, or any of its part, as unfit for use and/or not meeting the requirements resulting from the Work Procedure and the Client (or a Client’s person, such as the Final Customer) has released such item for subsequent use and/or in further circulation despite such fact,
c) defects/insufficiencies in the Work Procedure which, nonetheless, have been approved by the Client,
d) a Force Majeure event; for the purposes of these GCTC, a Force Majeure event is deemed (without limitation) a war, invasion, acts of foreign adversary, foreign adverse acts, civil war, mutiny, acts of civil disobedience, consequences of military or usurping powers, confiscation or nationalization or seizure or destruction under an order, or in the course of execution of any order issued by governmental or other public bodies, consequences of the use of any military weapons utilising nuclear fission or radioactivity irrespective of whether at the time of peace or war, industrial incidents, natural disasters, protracted power failures, crisis and/or other emergency circumstance(s); however, events such as, without limitation, shortage of qualified labour force, non-performance of obligations by persons cooperating with the Contracting Parties, unfavourable economic situation of a Contracting Party will not be deemed Force Majeure events.
13.5 The Client will be required to provide the Service Provider with all the necessary co-operation (particularly, but not limited to the Service Provider’s request) required in the process of verification of a Complaint; the Client is mostly required to provide photo documentation, background documentation, records of communication, data held by the Client or the Final Customer and information relating, or possibly relating to the Complaint and/or the Service being the subject matter of the Complaint.
13.5.1 Breach of the Client´s obligation referred to in Article 13.5 of these GCTC results in voiding of any entitlements under defects about which the Complaint has been made.
13.6 The Complaint settlement has to commence without undue delay after its claiming, at the latest within 10 business days, and has to be resolved in the shortest possible time. The Service Provider shall either recognize or refuse a Complaint within 15 days of its claiming.
13.6.1 When the Service Provider confirms a Complaint, the Client shall be entitled for free removal of the defect, unless the Service Provider and Client provably agreed on a different manner of Complaint settlement.
13.7 When the Client normally uses 8D-Report, the Service Provider shall provide to the Client an 8D-Report according to 8D time limits.
13.8 When a written record on manner of Complaint settlement is made, such record has to be signed by the Client and the Service Provider’s authorized person referred to in Article 10.1 of these GCTC. The Client is entitled to present any comments or own opinions in the written record.
13.9 The Contracting Parties always have the possibility to agree on an alternative manner of handling and/or resolution of a Complaint in the written report on manner of Complaint settlement.
Article XIV
Ownership of Components; Liability for Damages and Compensation for Damages
14.1 The Service Provider shall not become the owner of Components received for the purpose of the Task implementation.
14.2 The Service Provider shall be liable for any inflictions made by his employees, causing any damage, loss or destruction of Components received by the Service Provider from the Client (and/or Final Customer) for the purpose of the Task implementation, provided that the mentioned conduct occurs during the Task implementation time; however, the Service Provider shall not be liable for such infliction, when the damage, loss or destruction of Components occurs regardless this infliction, or when it is a conduct, by which the Service Provider’s employee averted a direct threat caused not by him, or if the damage was caused in defence against an imminent or continuing attack.
14.3 When a damage occurs, and pursuant to Article 14.2 of these GCTC the Service Provider is liable for it, the damage shall be compensated through restoration in the original condition or pecuniary compensation; the right of choise belongs to the Service Provider.
14.4 Limits of compensation
14.4.1 When the entitlement to a damage compensation occurs, the Service Provider will compensate for full damage and in any case up to 25% of the value of a Task according to the Order, and up to 25% of the monthly volume of the Task to which the damage relates in the case of long-term Tasks (the implementation of which extends beyond 30 days). Long-term Tasks shall be deemed Tasks that take more than one month to implement and the maximum limit of compensation for damage shall not exceed (regardless of the preceding limits) EUR 100,000.- for each separate Task according to an Order.
Article XV
Delivery of Documents, Confidentiality of Information and Confidentiality Obligation
15.1 Any notices, requests, demands, requests for consent or any other communication served by one Contracting Party to the other in e-mail, fax or documentary forms shall require a response from the other Contracting Party in the same or similar manner, i.e. response has to be made also in e-mail, fax or documentary form allowing for unambiguous recording of the contents of the response. In the case of non-compliance with the form of the response, the burden of evidence with respect to the contents and delivery of the response rests on the sender.
15.2 Contents of a fax transaction shall be deemed delivered if the sender can obtain a fax machine-generated printout confirming its error-free delivery. If any problem of technical nature occurs during the process of transmission of fax rendering the contents of the message impossible to read, the receiving Contracting Party is required to inform thereof the sending Contracting Party without undue delay and to request repeated delivery of the fax message and/or delivery in an alternative way. The Service Provider receives fax communication on working days from 8:30 o’clock until 15:30 o’clock (hereinafter referred to the “Operation Hours”); fax messages delivered to the Service Provider outside the above Operation Hours shall be deemed delivered at the beginning of the subsequent Operation Hours (i.e. at 8:30 o’clock of the next immediately following working day).
15.3 Contents of an e-mail shall be deemed delivered if i) its receipt and/or review is acknowledged manually, ii) the e-mail reply containing the original e-mail message that is to be delivered has been received; only an automatic reply without intervention of the addressee shall not be deemed proof of due and proper delivery.
15.4 Written communication exchanged between the Contracting Parties shall be deemed duly delivered:
a) on the date of its actual delivery to the addressed Contracting Party;
b) on the date of futile expiry of the time limit for collection at the post office, also if the addressee was not aware of the deposition;
c) on the date of an unsuccessful attempt to deliver the communication, if the delivery was obstructed by intentional act of the addressee, in particular by addressee’s refusal to receive the communication.
15.5 The Contracting Parties shall treat confidential all and any facts of which they become aware in association with performance provided under a contractual relationship established according to these GCTC and which relate to the other Contracting Party, if such information is of a provable commercial significance to the other Contracting Party or other competitors on the market.
15.5.1 Confidential information shall also be deemed all facts and information comprising trade secrets in the sense of Section 2:47 as well as 2:55 of the Act No. V from 2013, the Civil Code of Hungary, as amended, and also any information provably and unambiguously identified as confidential by the other Contracting Party. Without prejudice to the above statements trade secrets shall include any fact, information and other data, or a compilation thereof, connected to economic activities, which are not publicly known or which are not easily accessible to other operators pursuing the same economic activities, and which, if obtained and/or used by unauthorized persons, or if published or disclosed to others are likely to imperil or jeopardize the rightful financial, economic or commercial interest of the owner of such secrets, provided the lawful owner is not subject to actionability in terms of keeping such information confidential. Commercial secrecy shall also apply to technical, economic and other practical knowledge of value held in a form enabling identification, including accumulated skills and experience and any combination thereof (hereinafter referred to as „know-how”), if acquired, used, disclosed or published in violation of the principle of good faith and fair dealing. This protection shall not apply where a person obtains the know-how, or any knowledge which essentially has the same attributes:
a) by means of development independent of the proprietor; or
b) by way of testing or analyzing a lawfully acquired product or lawfully received service.
15.5.2 Confidential information shall also be deemed any information of technical, trade or commercial nature (including product plans, development plans, forecasts, analyses and strategies), specifications, plans, charts, training materials, formulas, sketches, models, samples, procedures, ideas and inventions (also if not subject to special protection), data, software, or documentation in any form, whether on any material carrier or provided verbally, as well as information received from a person other than a Contracting Party, provided that such other person is subject to the confidentiality obligation. Confidential information shall also be deemed information concerning the situation of either of the Contracting Parties, its products, processes and performance.
15.5.3 To avoid disputes about the nature of information, the Contracting Parties have agreed that a Party disclosing information that is required to be deemed confidential to the other Party, pursuant to the provisions of this Article, shall unambiguously mark such information as confidential.
15.6 The confidentiality obligation shall not apply to facts that:
a) are or will be made available to employees or third persons in relation to performance of activities under the contractual relationship established pursuant to these GCTC on the “need to know” basis due to their work position, office held and/or their role in the performance under the contract, provided that the relevant Contracting Party is required to inform such person about the confidential nature of the disclosed information;
b) were provably obtained from a third person that is authorized to disseminate such information; or
c) have been developed by a Contracting Party independently and without using any confidential information according to the provisions of this Article.
15.7 The following will not be considered a breach of the confidentiality obligation:
a) disclosure of information to third persons holding an interest in the company of either of the Contracting Parties, provided that such persons are informed in advance about, and subjected in writing to the confidentiality obligation;
b) disclosure of information to legal advisors or other representatives, who are required to abide by the confidentiality obligations by the operation of law, for the purpose of due and proper performance of their activities, provided that such persons has to be informed in advance of the confidential obligation related to the matter in question;
c) disclosure of information after the other Contracting Party’s prior written consent to the disclosure of individual information protected by the confidentiality obligation has been obtained;
d) disclosure of information to relevant authorities for the purposes of judicial proceedings, arbitration proceedings and/or proceedings before any other public authority, provided that such authority must be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings);
e) disclosure of information to a governmental, bank, tax or other authority with supervisory powers that is authorized and competent to request such information in compliance with the applicable legal regulations, provided that such authority has to be informed in advance about the confidential nature of the disclosed information to allow it to take necessary precautions (e.g. holding closed proceedings),
f) disclosure of information a Contracting Party is required to make by the operation of law.
15.8 The Contracting Parties are further making themselves obliged to protect any information pertaining to the other Contracting Party that are subject to confidentiality pursuant to this Article at least in the same extent as if such Party’s own information was concerned and undertake to impose a confidentiality information of the same scope also on their organizational units/branches, managerial staff or employees (and/or co-operating persons) coming in contact with such information and each of the Contracting Parties shall be fully liable for breaches of obligations by such persons.
15.9 The confidentiality obligation shall continue for the term of the contractual relationship established in conformance with these GCTC and thereafter for three (3) additional years and shall pass onto the Parties’ legal successors in title, if any.
Article XVI
Common and Final provisions
16.1 These GCTC, including any Order as well as separate contracts (Article 16.1.1 of these GCTC) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hungary. Contractual relationships between the Contracting Parties not regulated in these GCTC or any Order shall be governed by the law of the country where the Service Provider has his habitual residence (i. e. Hungary) including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of the Act No. V from 2013 (the Civil Code, especially the rules dealing with contracts for work). Should these GCTC and/or the Order regulates some relationships between the Contracting Parties in a different way than the law, the GCTC and contractual regulation shall prevail, provided that the contradiction relates the dispositive provisions of the law. When a conflict between these GCTC and an Order occurs, preference should be given to the Order.
16.1.1 When a contractual relationship between the Service Provider and Client has been established under a separate contract (i.e. not under an Order pursuant to Article IV), references in these GCTC to Orders shall be references to such separate contracts.
16.2 For the purposes of determination of jurisdiction, the place of performance under contract shall be deemed the place of the Task implementation (Article 4.2.1 letter c/ of these GCTC).
16.2.1 If the provisions dealing with conflicts of law allow for the choice of a particular governing law, relationships between the Service Provider and the Client, established according to these GCTC, shall be governed by the Hungarian law. Should the conflict of law provisions allow for the choice of jurisdiction, then any disputes between the Service Provider and the Client arising out of contractual relationships established according to these GCTC shall be resolved by the competent Hungarian courts.
16.3 These GCTC shall become valid and effective on the date specified in the heading. As on the same date, the GCTC issued by the Service Provider on 1 February 2011 cease to be valid and effective; nonetheless, contractual relationships established under Orders incorporating then valid GCTC shall be governed by the then valid GCTC.
16.4 The Service Provider is entitled to unilaterally amend these GCTC at any time. The Contractual relationship between the Client and Service Provider established according to a particular Order shall be governed by the GCTC as valid and in effect at the time of proper delivery of the confirmed Order to the Service Provider.